- Adding a MAINTAINERS file

* MAINTAINERS:
- Adding a MAINTAINERS file

45 files changed, 46649 insertions, 8328 deletions

diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index a20a333..640e77b 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2005-08-01  Shaun McCance  <shaunm@gnome.org>
+
+	* MAINTAINERS:
+	- Adding a MAINTAINERS file
+
 2005-07-28  Ignacio Casal Quinteiro  <nacho.resa@gmail.com>
 
 	* configure.in: Added 'gl' to ALL_LINGUAS.
diff --git a/MAINTAINERS b/MAINTAINERS
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dda79ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/MAINTAINERS
@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+PLEASE USE THE MAILING LIST:
+gnome-doc-devel-list@gnome.org
+http://mail.gnome.org/archives/gnome-doc-devel-list/
+
+Primary Maintainer:
+Shaun McCance  <shaunm@gnome.org>
+
+xml2po Maintainer:
+Danilo Šegan  <danilo@gnome.org>
diff --git a/po/ar.po b/po/ar.po
index 62e977e..642c6c9 100644
--- a/po/ar.po
+++ b/po/ar.po
@@ -7,292 +7,1776 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-22 07:24+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-22 09:11+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator:  <kinryu@silverpen.de>\n"
 "Language-Team:  <en@li.org>\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">محرّر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">محرّرات</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">المؤلّف</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">المؤلّفون</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">المؤلّف</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">المؤلّفون</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">المتعاون</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">المتعاونون</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">حقوق النشر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">حقوق النشر</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">حقوق النشر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">حقوق النشر</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">محرّر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">محرّرات</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">متبرّع آخر</msgstr><msgstr form=\"1\">متبرّعون آخرون</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">متبرّع آخر</msgstr><msgstr form=\"1\">متبرّعون آخرون</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">النّاشر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">النّاشرون</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">النّاشر</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">النّاشرون</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "حول هذا المستند"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "الإنتساب"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "الجمهور"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "إنتباه"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "الورقة الأخيرة المحتوية على معلومات حول الناشر و الكاتب"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "المحتويات"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "التّاريخ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "الإخلاص"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "البريد الإلكتروني"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "مُهمّ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "فهرس"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "ملاحظة قانونية"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "المستوى"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "جمهور الرّسالة"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "مستوى الرّسالة"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "مصدر الرّسالة"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "الإسم"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "ملاحظة"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "المصدر"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "مقدّمة"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "المرجع"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "معلومات النّشر"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "تاريخ التنقيح"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "راجع"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "راجع كذلك"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "تحديد الفهرس"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "تلخيص"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "جدول المحتويات"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "تلميحة"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "العنوان"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "تحذير"
 
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "الجمهور"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "المحتويات"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "التّاريخ"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "المستوى"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "جمهور الرّسالة"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "مستوى الرّسالة"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "مصدر الرّسالة"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "المصدر"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "المرجع"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "معلومات النّشر"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "تحديد الفهرس"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "جدول المحتويات"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "العنوان"
diff --git a/po/bg.po b/po/bg.po
index e2789ce..2b5c069 100644
--- a/po/bg.po
+++ b/po/bg.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils-HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 20:28+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-01 20:26+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Alexander Shopov <ash@contact.bg>\n"
 "Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@fsa-bg.org>\n"
diff --git a/po/ca.po b/po/ca.po
index 676194a..97737cf 100644
--- a/po/ca.po
+++ b/po/ca.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-24 11:44+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-22 12:01+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Xavier Conde Rueda <xaviconde@eresmas.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Catalan <tradgnome@softcatala.org>\n"
@@ -16,335 +16,1879 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Col·laborador</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Col·laboradors</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Altre contribuïdor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Altres "
 "contribuïdors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</"
-"msgstr>"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Quant a aquest document"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Afiliació"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Audiència"
-
-# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Compte"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colofó"
 
-# Mozilla 1.3->tab1.label
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Contingut"
-
-# Winrar 2.9->String:rarlng.dll
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedicatòria"
 
 # Netscape_4.7->Dialog Box Control:RESDLL.DLL
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Correu electrònic"
 
+# Mozilla 1.3->glossaryButton.label
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossari"
+
 # Mozilla 1.3->mailnews.labels.description.1
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Important"
 
 # source\ui\index\multmrk.src fixedline DLG_MULTMRK FL_TOX
 # source\ui\index\multmrk.src fixedtext DLG_MULTMRK FT_ENTRY
 # Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Índex"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Informació legal"
 
-# Projecte_Mandrake [tm-mandrake.po]
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivell"
-
-# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Audiència del missatge"
-
-# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Nivell del missatge"
-
-# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origen del missatge"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
 # source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string STR_POSTITFLD
 # Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Nota"
 
-# source\core\chaos.src string RID_CNT_POOL_PRES_NAME_START+WID_TRASH_RESTORE-WID_CHAOS_START
-# source\core\chaos.src string RID_CNT_POOL_PRES_NAME_START+WID_TRASH_ORIGIN-WID_CHAOS_START
-# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [chaos.po]
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origen"
-
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Prefaci"
 
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_USERVAR_TEXT
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_DBFLD_DB
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_DBFLD_SYS
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_AUTHOR
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_TIME
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_DATE
-# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REF_TEXT
-# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referència"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informació de la versió"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historia de la revisió"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vegeu"
 
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vegeu també"
 
-# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Estableix l'índex"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Resum"
 
-# source\ui\utlui\initui.src string RID_SW_SHELLRES STR_TOC
-# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Índex de contingut"
-
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Suggeriment"
 
-# Netscape_4.7->String:RESDLL.DLL
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Títol"
-
 # Winrar 2.9->String:rarlng.dll
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Atenció"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiència"
+
+# Mozilla 1.3->tab1.label
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Contingut"
+
+# Winrar 2.9->String:rarlng.dll
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+# Projecte_Mandrake [tm-mandrake.po]
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivell"
+
+# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiència del missatge"
+
+# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivell del missatge"
+
+# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origen del missatge"
+
+# source\core\chaos.src string RID_CNT_POOL_PRES_NAME_START+WID_TRASH_RESTORE-WID_CHAOS_START
+# source\core\chaos.src string RID_CNT_POOL_PRES_NAME_START+WID_TRASH_ORIGIN-WID_CHAOS_START
+# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [chaos.po]
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origen"
+
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_USERVAR_TEXT
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_DBFLD_DB
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_DBFLD_SYS
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_AUTHOR
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_TIME
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REG_DATE
+# source\ui\fldui\fldui.src string FMT_REF_TEXT
+# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referència"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informació de la versió"
+
+# Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Estableix l'índex"
+
+# source\ui\utlui\initui.src string RID_SW_SHELLRES STR_TOC
+# Projecte_Open_Office_1.1 [sw.po]
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Índex de contingut"
+
+# Netscape_4.7->String:RESDLL.DLL
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Títol"
+
 #~ msgid "‘%t{node}’"
 #~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
 
@@ -477,10 +2021,6 @@ msgstr "Atenció"
 #~ msgid "Figure"
 #~ msgstr "Imatge"
 
-# Mozilla 1.3->glossaryButton.label
-#~ msgid "Glossary"
-#~ msgstr "Glossari"
-
 # Gnome_2.6_Desktop [yelp.HEAD.ca.po]
 #~ msgid "Other Contributor"
 #~ msgstr "Altre contribuïdor"
diff --git a/po/cs.po b/po/cs.po
index 128937e..3c831d6 100644
--- a/po/cs.po
+++ b/po/cs.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils VERSION\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-23 14:17+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-23 18:18+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Miloslav Trmac <mitr@volny.cz>\n"
 "Language-Team: Czech <cs@li.org>\n"
@@ -78,11 +78,14 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příloha <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příloha <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -259,11 +262,14 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Kapitola <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Kapitola <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -366,10 +372,12 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>Kapitola <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='article'>„<node/>”</msgstr> <msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='article'>„<node/>”</msgstr> <msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -451,11 +459,15 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><i>Příklad <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Příklad <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příklad <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><i>Příklad <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr "
+"role='li'>Příklad <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příklad <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -580,11 +592,15 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><i>Příklad <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Příklad <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příklad <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><i>Příklad <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr "
+"role='li'>Příklad <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Příklad <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -755,10 +771,12 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>Přečíst definici ‚<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> <msgstr>‚<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> <msgstr>‚<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -920,10 +938,13 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Část <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Část <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1009,11 +1030,14 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Otázka <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Otázka <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1082,6 +1106,7 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>Otázka <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1170,11 +1195,14 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Oddíl <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Oddíl <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1301,11 +1329,14 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Oddíl <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/"
+">.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Oddíl <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1432,11 +1463,15 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr role='header'><i>Tabulka <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Tabulka <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Tabulka <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr role='header'><i>Tabulka <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr "
+"role='li'>Tabulka <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Tabulka <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1511,39 +1546,55 @@ msgstr "<msgstr>Tabulka <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autoři</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Autoři</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autoři</msgstr> <msgstr "
+"form='2'>Autoři</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Spolupracovník</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Spolupracovníci</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Spolupracovníci</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Spolupracovník</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Spolupracovníci</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Spolupracovníci</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "Copyright"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Redaktor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Redaktoři</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Redaktoři</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Redaktor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Redaktoři</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr form='2'>Redaktoři</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Další přispěvatel</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Další přispěvatelé</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Další přispěvatelé</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Další přispěvatel</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Další "
+"přispěvatelé</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Další přispěvatelé</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Vydavatel</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Vydavatelé</msgstr> <msgstr form='2'>Vydavatelé</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Vydavatel</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Vydavatelé</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr form='2'>Vydavatelé</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
@@ -1690,11 +1741,19 @@ msgstr "Ot.:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historie revizí"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Viz"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Viz také"
 
@@ -1702,7 +1761,7 @@ msgstr "Viz také"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Souhrn"
 
@@ -1710,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "Souhrn"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
@@ -1718,6 +1777,6 @@ msgstr "Tip"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Varování"
diff --git a/po/da.po b/po/da.po
index a031b86..f885664 100644
--- a/po/da.po
+++ b/po/da.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-06-10 10:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-10 10:50+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Martin Willemoes Hansen <mwh@sysrq.dk>\n"
 "Language-Team: Danish <dansk@dansk-gruppen.dk>\n"
@@ -16,563 +16,1839 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "format.book.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Forfatter</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Forfattere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Samarbejdspartner</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1"
 "\">Samarbejdspartnere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Anden bidragyder</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Andre "
 "bidragydere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Udgiver</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Udgivere</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Om dette dokument"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Tilknytning"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Målgruppe"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Forsigtig"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Indhold"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Dato"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedikation"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-post"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Vigtigt"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indeks"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Juridisk information"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Niveau"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Meddelelsemålgruppe"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Meddelelsesniveau"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Meddelelsesoprindelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Navn"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Note"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Oprindelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Forord"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Reference"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Udgivelsesinformation"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Revisionshistorik"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Se"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Se også"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Samlingsindeks"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Indholdsfortegnelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titel"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Advarsel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.book.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Målgruppe"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Indhold"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Dato"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Niveau"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelelsemålgruppe"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelelsesniveau"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelelsesoprindelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Oprindelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Reference"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Udgivelsesinformation"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Samlingsindeks"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Indholdsfortegnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titel"
diff --git a/po/de.po b/po/de.po
index 829654e..8071061 100644
--- a/po/de.po
+++ b/po/de.po
@@ -12,13 +12,13 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-23 17:59+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-23 18:15+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Hendrik Brandt <heb@gnome-de.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: German <gnome-de@gnome.org>\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
 #. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
@@ -82,14 +82,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Anhang "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Anhang <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -267,6 +268,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -378,6 +380,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -411,7 +414,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>E-Mail an ‘<node/>’ senden.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>E-Mail an ‘<node/>’ senden.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -465,6 +469,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -597,6 +602,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -742,7 +748,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Die Definition von ‘<glossterm/>’ lesen.</msgstr>"
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Die Definition von ‘<glossterm/>’ "
+"lesen.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -776,6 +783,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -944,6 +952,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -1035,14 +1044,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Frage "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Frage <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1111,6 +1121,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Frage <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1201,6 +1212,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1282,7 +1294,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Abschnitt <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Abschnitt <number/> ― <title/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1336,6 +1349,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1471,6 +1485,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1553,11 +1568,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Tabelle <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autoren</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1567,6 +1584,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1574,12 +1592,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redakteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redakteure</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1589,6 +1609,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1740,11 +1761,19 @@ msgstr "F:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Versionsgeschichte"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Siehe"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Siehe auch"
 
@@ -1753,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "Siehe auch"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
@@ -1761,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "Synopsis"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tipp"
 
@@ -1769,7 +1798,6 @@ msgstr "Tipp"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Warnung"
-
diff --git a/po/el.po b/po/el.po
index 198fee0..866e998 100644
--- a/po/el.po
+++ b/po/el.po
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: el\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-09 01:28+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-09 01:33+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Nikos Charonitakis <charosn@her.forthnet.gr>\n"
 "Language-Team:  <team@gnome.gr>\n"
@@ -23,286 +23,1837 @@ msgstr ""
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
 "Plural-Forms:  nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Συντάκτης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συντάκτες</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Συγγραφέας</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συγγραφείς</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Συγγραφέας</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συγγραφείς</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Συνεργάτης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συνεργάτες</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Συνεργάτης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συνεργάτες</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Πνευματικό δικαίωμα</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1"
 "\">Πνευματικά δικαιώματα</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Συντάκτης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συντάκτες</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Συντάκτης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Συντάκτες</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Άλλος Συντελεστής</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Άλλοι "
 "Συντελεστές</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Εκδότης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Εκδότες</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Εκδότης</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Εκδότες</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Περί Αυτού του Εγγράφου"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Συνεργασία"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Ακροατήριο"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Προσοχή"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Κολοφώνας"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Περιεχόμενα"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Ημερομηνία"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Αφιέρωση"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Σημαντικό"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Κατάλογος"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Νομική σημείωση"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Επίπεδο"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Ακροατήριο Μηνύματος"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Επίπεδο Μηνύματος"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Προέλευση Μηνύματος"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Όνομα"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Σημείωση"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Προέλευση"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Πρόλογος"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Αναφορά"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Πληροφορίες Έκδοσης"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Ιστορικό Αλλαγών"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Βλέπε"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Βλέπε Ακόμα"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Ορισμός Καταλόγου"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Σύνοψη"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Πίνακας Περιεχομένων"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Συμβουλή"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Τίτλος"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Προειδοποίηση"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Ακροατήριο"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Περιεχόμενα"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Ημερομηνία"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Επίπεδο"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Ακροατήριο Μηνύματος"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Επίπεδο Μηνύματος"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Προέλευση Μηνύματος"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Προέλευση"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Αναφορά"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Πληροφορίες Έκδοσης"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Ορισμός Καταλόγου"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Πίνακας Περιεχομένων"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Τίτλος"
diff --git a/po/en_CA.po b/po/en_CA.po
index d9bbd5e..739ac03 100644
--- a/po/en_CA.po
+++ b/po/en_CA.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-18 04:39-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 20:44-0400\n"
 "Last-Translator: Adam Weinberger <adamw@gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Canadian English <adamw@gnome.org>\n"
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
 #. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
 msgid ", "
 msgstr ", "
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ msgstr ", "
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 
@@ -77,7 +77,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -119,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -174,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
 msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
 msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -225,7 +226,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -262,7 +263,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -304,7 +306,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -339,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -373,7 +375,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -405,7 +408,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 
@@ -423,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgst
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
 msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -460,7 +463,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -502,7 +506,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
 msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -537,7 +541,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
 msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -555,7 +559,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
 msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -592,7 +596,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -634,7 +639,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
 msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -669,7 +674,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
 msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -706,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
 msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -733,7 +738,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
@@ -772,7 +777,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -813,7 +819,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
 msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
@@ -851,7 +857,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -885,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
 msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 
@@ -903,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
 msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 
@@ -940,7 +946,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -979,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
 msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -997,7 +1004,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
 msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1031,7 +1038,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1068,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
 msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1107,7 +1115,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1142,7 +1151,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
 msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1160,7 +1169,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1197,7 +1206,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1240,7 +1250,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1275,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1295,7 +1305,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
 msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1332,7 +1342,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1375,7 +1386,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
 msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1410,7 +1421,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1430,7 +1441,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
 msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1467,7 +1478,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1509,7 +1521,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
 msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1544,17 +1556,19 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
 msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1563,19 +1577,22 @@ msgstr ""
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1584,7 +1601,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1599,12 +1617,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
 msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr "A:&#x2003;"
 
 #. Used for links to the titlepage.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "About This Document"
 
@@ -1617,7 +1635,7 @@ msgstr "About This Document"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Affiliation"
 
@@ -1625,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr "Affiliation"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
 #. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Caution"
 
@@ -1633,7 +1651,7 @@ msgstr "Caution"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
 #. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colophon"
 
@@ -1641,7 +1659,7 @@ msgstr "Colophon"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
 #. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedication"
 
@@ -1654,7 +1672,7 @@ msgstr "Dedication"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
@@ -1662,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "Email"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
 #. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
 msgid "Glossary"
 msgstr "Glossary"
 
@@ -1670,7 +1688,7 @@ msgstr "Glossary"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
 #. This is used as a default title for important elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Important"
 
@@ -1678,7 +1696,7 @@ msgstr "Important"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
 #. This is used as a default title for index elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
@@ -1686,7 +1704,7 @@ msgstr "Index"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
 #. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Legal Notice"
 
@@ -1694,7 +1712,7 @@ msgstr "Legal Notice"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
 #. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Name"
 
@@ -1702,7 +1720,7 @@ msgstr "Name"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
 #. This is used as a default title for note elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Note"
 
@@ -1710,7 +1728,7 @@ msgstr "Note"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
 #. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Preface"
 
@@ -1723,7 +1741,7 @@ msgstr "Preface"
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
 msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 
@@ -1731,15 +1749,23 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
 #. This is used as a header before the revision history.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Revision History"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "See"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "See Also"
 
@@ -1747,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr "See Also"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
@@ -1755,7 +1781,7 @@ msgstr "Synopsis"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
@@ -1763,6 +1789,6 @@ msgstr "Tip"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Warning"
diff --git a/po/en_GB.po b/po/en_GB.po
index 34d8b35..34a7052 100644
--- a/po/en_GB.po
+++ b/po/en_GB.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-13 21:58+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-13 21:58+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: David Lodge <dave@cirt.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: English/GB <en@li.org>\n"
@@ -17,274 +17,1834 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
+"msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other Contributors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
+"Contributors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"Contributors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "About This Document"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Affiliation"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Audience"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Caution"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colophon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Contents"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Date"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedication"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Important"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Legal Notice"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Level"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Message Audience"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Message Level"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Message Origin"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Name"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Note"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origin"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Preface"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Reference"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Release Information"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Revision History"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "See"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "See Also"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Set Index"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Table of Contents"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Title"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Warning"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audience"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Contents"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Date"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Level"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Message Audience"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Message Level"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Message Origin"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origin"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Reference"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Release Information"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Set Index"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Table of Contents"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Title"
diff --git a/po/es.po b/po/es.po
index 71a6ef5..3fd46e8 100644
--- a/po/es.po
+++ b/po/es.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: es\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-17 12:27+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-17 12:43+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Francisco Javier F. Serrador <serrador@cvs.gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Spanish <traductores@es.gnome.org>\n"
@@ -79,11 +79,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Apéndice <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Apéndice "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -155,7 +159,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Apéndice <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Apéndice <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -260,11 +265,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Capítulo <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Capítulo "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -336,7 +345,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Capítulo <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Capítulo <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -367,10 +377,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Capítulo <number/> ― <title/></ms
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> <msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -398,7 +411,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</ms
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Envíe un correo-e a ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Envíe un correo-e a ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -452,11 +466,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Ejemplo <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Ejemplo <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -581,11 +599,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Figura <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figura <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -722,7 +744,9 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Lea la definición de ‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Lea la definición de ‘<glossterm/"
+">’.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -756,10 +780,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Lea la definición de ‘<glos
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> <msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -835,7 +862,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>Vea <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>Vea también <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>Vea también <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -921,10 +949,14 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Parte <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Parte <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1010,11 +1042,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Pregunta <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Pregunta "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1083,10 +1119,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Pregunta <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> <msgstr>«<node/>»</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>«<node/>»</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1171,11 +1210,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Sección <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Sección "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1248,7 +1291,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Sección <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Sección <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1302,11 +1346,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Sección <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Sección "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1379,7 +1427,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Sección <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Sección <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1433,11 +1482,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Tabla <number/></i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Tabla <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Tabla <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Tabla <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Tabla <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Tabla <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1512,36 +1565,47 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Tabla <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Colaborador</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Colaboradores</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Colaborador</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Colaboradores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Redactor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Redactores</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Redactor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Redactores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Otro contribuyente</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Otros contribuyentes</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Otro contribuyente</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Otros "
+"contribuyentes</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editores</msgstr>"
@@ -1691,11 +1755,19 @@ msgstr "P:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historia de revisiones"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vea"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vea también"
 
@@ -1703,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "Vea también"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinopsis"
 
@@ -1711,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "Sinopsis"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Consejo"
 
@@ -1719,7 +1791,7 @@ msgstr "Consejo"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Advertencia"
 
diff --git a/po/et.po b/po/et.po
index 1bc382d..ff12930 100644
--- a/po/et.po
+++ b/po/et.po
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-11 05:55+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-11 12:41+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ivar Smolin <okul@linux.ee>\n"
 "Language-Team: Estonian <gnome-et@linux.ee>\n"
@@ -19,9 +19,15 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Used a simple list item seperator.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid ","
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ", "
 msgstr ","
 
 #.
@@ -38,7 +44,7 @@ msgstr ","
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:17
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -47,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -75,7 +81,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -87,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -114,7 +120,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:84
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -123,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -149,7 +155,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:116
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -168,7 +174,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:131
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
 msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -177,7 +183,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -201,7 +207,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:161
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
 msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -219,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:176
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -228,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -256,7 +262,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:210
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -268,7 +274,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -295,7 +301,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:243
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -304,7 +310,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -330,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:275
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -340,7 +346,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
@@ -363,7 +369,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:304
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -374,7 +380,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
 #. created from DocBook's email element.
@@ -393,7 +399,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:329
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -411,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:344
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
 msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -420,7 +426,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -448,7 +454,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:378
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -460,7 +466,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -487,7 +493,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:411
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
 msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -496,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -522,7 +528,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:443
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
 msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -540,7 +546,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:458
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
 msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -549,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -577,7 +583,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:492
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -589,7 +595,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -616,7 +622,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:525
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
 msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -625,7 +631,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -651,7 +657,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:557
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
 msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -660,7 +666,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -688,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:591
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
 msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -697,7 +703,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
 #. to glossary entries.
@@ -715,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:615
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
@@ -726,7 +732,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
 #. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
@@ -752,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:647
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -763,7 +769,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
@@ -791,7 +797,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:681
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
 msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -800,7 +806,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
@@ -829,7 +835,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:716
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -839,7 +845,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
@@ -862,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:745
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
 msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -880,7 +886,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:760
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
 msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -889,7 +895,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -917,7 +923,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:794
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -928,7 +934,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -954,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:826
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
 msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -972,7 +978,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:841
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
 msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -981,7 +987,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
 #. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
@@ -1006,7 +1012,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:872
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1018,7 +1024,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
 #. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
@@ -1040,7 +1046,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:900
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
 msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1049,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
@@ -1079,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:936
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1090,7 +1096,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1112,7 +1118,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:964
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
 msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1130,7 +1136,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:979
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1139,7 +1145,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
 #. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
@@ -1167,7 +1173,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1013
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1179,7 +1185,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
 #. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
@@ -1207,7 +1213,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1047
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1216,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1242,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1079
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1261,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1094
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
 msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1270,7 +1276,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1298,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1128
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1310,7 +1316,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1338,7 +1344,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1162
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
 msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1347,7 +1353,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1373,7 +1379,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1194
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1392,7 +1398,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1209
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
 msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1401,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1429,7 +1435,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1243
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1441,7 +1447,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1468,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1276
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
 msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1477,7 +1483,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1503,39 +1509,43 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1308
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
 msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1310
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autorid</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1312
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form='0'>Kaastöötaja</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Kaastöötajad</"
-"msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Kaastöötaja</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Kaastöötajad</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1314
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Autoriõigus</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autoriõigused</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1316
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Toimetaja</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Toimetajad</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1318
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1544,7 +1554,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "kaastöötajad</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1320
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1559,12 +1570,12 @@ msgstr ""
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1330
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
 msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
 
 #. Used for links to the titlepage.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1332
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Dokumendist"
 
@@ -1577,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "Dokumendist"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1342
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Liitumine"
 
@@ -1585,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "Liitumine"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
 #. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Ettevaatust"
 
@@ -1593,7 +1604,7 @@ msgstr "Ettevaatust"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
 #. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Lõpumärgis"
 
@@ -1601,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "Lõpumärgis"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
 #. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Pühendus"
 
@@ -1614,7 +1625,7 @@ msgstr "Pühendus"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1367
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-post"
 
@@ -1622,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr "E-post"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
 #. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
 msgid "Glossary"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1630,7 +1641,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
 #. This is used as a default title for important elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Oluline"
 
@@ -1638,7 +1649,7 @@ msgstr "Oluline"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
 #. This is used as a default title for index elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Sisuregister"
 
@@ -1646,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "Sisuregister"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
 #. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Autoriõiguse märge"
 
@@ -1654,7 +1665,7 @@ msgstr "Autoriõiguse märge"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
 #. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nimi"
 
@@ -1662,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "Nimi"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
 #. This is used as a default title for note elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Märkus"
 
@@ -1670,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "Märkus"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
 #. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Eessõna"
 
@@ -1683,7 +1694,7 @@ msgstr "Eessõna"
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1412
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
 msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1691,15 +1702,23 @@ msgstr ""
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
 #. This is used as a header before the revision history.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Muudatuste ajalugu"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1418
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vaata"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1419
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vaata ka"
 
@@ -1707,7 +1726,7 @@ msgstr "Vaata ka"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sünopsis"
 
@@ -1715,7 +1734,7 @@ msgstr "Sünopsis"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Vihje"
 
@@ -1723,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "Vihje"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Hoiatus"
 
diff --git a/po/fi.po b/po/fi.po
index bd39e59..e03bcc1 100644
--- a/po/fi.po
+++ b/po/fi.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 16:41+0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-08-01 16:43+0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Tommi Vainikainen <Tommi.Vainikainen@iki.fi>\n"
 "Language-Team: Finnish <gnome-fi-laatu@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
diff --git a/po/fr.po b/po/fr.po
index dbe4b08..c3433a4 100644
--- a/po/fr.po
+++ b/po/fr.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils 0.1.2\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-16 00:05+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-16 00:06+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Christophe Merlet (RedFox) <redfox@redfoxcenter.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: GNOME French Team <gnomefr@traduc.org>\n"
@@ -18,286 +18,1836 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n>1;\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Rédacteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Rédacteurs</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Auteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Auteurs</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborateur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborateurs</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Rédacteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Rédacteurs</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Rédacteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Rédacteurs</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autre contributeur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autres "
 "contributeurs</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Êditeur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Éditeurs</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Êditeur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Éditeurs</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "À propos de ce document"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Affiliation"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Destinataires"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Attention"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colophon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Sommaire"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Date"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dédicace"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Courrier électronique"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Important"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Mention légale"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Niveau"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Destinataires du message"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Niveau du message"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origine du message"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nom"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Note"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origine"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Préface"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Référence"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Information sur la version"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historique des révisions"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Voir"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Voir aussi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Positionner l'index"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Table des matières"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Indice"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titre"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Avertissement"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Destinataires"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sommaire"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Date"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Niveau"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Destinataires du message"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Niveau du message"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine du message"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Référence"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Information sur la version"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Positionner l'index"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Table des matières"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titre"
diff --git a/po/gl.po b/po/gl.po
index 2bf2de1..e5f943b 100644
--- a/po/gl.po
+++ b/po/gl.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-28 17:45+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-28 13:15+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Ignacio Casal Quinteiro <nacho.resa@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Galego\n"
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -263,6 +264,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -374,6 +376,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -462,6 +465,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -594,6 +598,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -774,6 +779,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -942,6 +948,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -1034,6 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1110,6 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Pregunta <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1200,6 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1335,6 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1470,6 +1481,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1552,11 +1564,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Táboa <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Autores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1565,6 +1579,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1573,12 +1588,14 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Redactor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Redactores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1588,6 +1605,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editores</msgstr>"
@@ -1737,11 +1755,19 @@ msgstr "P:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historia de revisións"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vexa"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vexa tamén"
 
@@ -1749,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr "Vexa tamén"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinopse"
 
@@ -1757,7 +1783,7 @@ msgstr "Sinopse"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Consello"
 
@@ -1765,6 +1791,6 @@ msgstr "Consello"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Aviso"
diff --git a/po/gu.po b/po/gu.po
index 45402e4..1a8b120 100644
--- a/po/gu.po
+++ b/po/gu.po
@@ -2,15 +2,18 @@
 # Ankit Patel <ankit644@yahoo.com>, 2005.
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
-"Last-Translator: Ankit Patel <ankit644@yahoo.com>\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 16:01+0530\n"
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD.gu\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 16:01+0530\n"
+"Last-Translator: Ankit Patel <ankit644@yahoo.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Gujarati <indianoss-gujarati@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
-"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
 
 #.
 #. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
@@ -74,6 +77,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -151,8 +155,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
-msgid "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પરિશિષ્ટ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પરિશિષ્ટ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -257,14 +263,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>પ્રકરણ "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>પ્રકરણ <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -334,8 +341,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પ્રકરણ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પ્રકરણ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -366,6 +375,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પ્રકરણ <number/> ― <ti
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -453,6 +463,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -585,6 +596,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -730,8 +742,8 @@ msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>આના માટે વ્યાખ્યા વાંચો "
-"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>આના માટે વ્યાખ્યા વાંચો ‘<glossterm/>’."
+"</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -765,6 +777,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -844,8 +857,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>જુઓ <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
-msgid "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>આ પણ જુઓ <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>આ પણ જુઓ <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -931,6 +946,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -1022,14 +1038,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>પ્રશ્ન "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>પ્રશ્ન <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1098,6 +1115,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>પ્રશ્ન <number/></msgst
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1188,14 +1206,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>વિભાગ "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1266,8 +1285,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
-msgid "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1321,14 +1342,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>વિભાગ "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1399,8 +1421,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
-msgid "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>વિભાગ <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1454,6 +1478,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>૧</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1536,11 +1561,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>કોષ્ટક <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>લેખક</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>લેખકો</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1548,24 +1575,32 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>સહાયક</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>સહાય�
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>કોપીરાઈટ</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>કોપીરાઈટો</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>સંપાદક</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>સંપાદકો</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>અન્ય ફાળો આપનાર</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>અન્ય ફાળો આપનારાઓ</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>અન્ય ફાળો આપનાર</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>અન્ય ફાળો આપનારાઓ</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>પ્રકાશક</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>પ્રકાશકો</msgstr>"
 
 #.
@@ -1713,11 +1748,19 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "આવૃત્તિ ઈતિહાસ"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "જુઓ"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "આ પણ જુઓ"
 
@@ -1725,7 +1768,7 @@ msgstr "આ પણ જુઓ"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "સંજ્ઞાઓ"
 
@@ -1733,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "સંજ્ઞાઓ"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "મદદ"
 
@@ -1741,7 +1784,6 @@ msgstr "મદદ"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "ચેતવણી"
-
diff --git a/po/hi.po b/po/hi.po
index 7245be3..0037406 100644
--- a/po/hi.po
+++ b/po/hi.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD.hi\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-14 06:08+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-14 18:10+0530\n"
 "Last-Translator: Rajesh Ranjan <rranjan@redhat.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Hindi <fedora-trans-hi@redhat.com>\n"
@@ -16,7 +16,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
-"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n!=1);\n"
+"\n"
 
 #.
 #. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
@@ -51,7 +52,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -80,6 +81,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -94,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -130,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -157,8 +159,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
-msgid "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>परिशिष्ट <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>परिशिष्ट <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -183,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -234,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -263,21 +267,22 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>अध्याय "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>अध्याय <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -313,7 +318,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -340,15 +345,17 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>अध्याय <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>अध्याय <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
@@ -372,6 +379,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>अध्याय <number/> ― <ti
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -384,7 +392,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
 #. created from DocBook's email element.
@@ -430,7 +438,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -459,6 +467,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -473,7 +482,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -509,7 +518,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -562,7 +571,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -591,6 +600,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -605,7 +615,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -641,7 +651,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -676,7 +686,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>चित्र <number/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -713,7 +723,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
 #. to glossary entries.
@@ -735,14 +745,16 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>इसकी परिभाषा पढ़ें‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>इसकी परिभाषा पढ़ें‘<glossterm/>’.</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
 #. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
@@ -769,6 +781,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>इसकी परिभा�
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -781,7 +794,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
@@ -818,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>देखें <glosssee/>.</msg
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
@@ -848,15 +861,17 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>देखें <glosssee/>.</msg
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
-msgid "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>इसे भी देखें <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>इसे भी देखें <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
@@ -906,7 +921,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -935,19 +950,21 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
-"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>हिस्सा <number/></msgstr>"
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>हिस्सा <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1000,7 +1017,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
 #. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
@@ -1026,21 +1043,22 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>प्रश्न "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>प्रश्न <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
 #. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
@@ -1071,7 +1089,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>प्रश्न <number/></msgst
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
@@ -1102,6 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>प्रश्न <number/></msgst
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1114,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1163,7 +1182,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
 #. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
@@ -1192,21 +1211,22 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>खंड "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>खंड <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
 #. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
@@ -1243,7 +1263,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1270,8 +1290,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
-msgid "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>खंड <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>खंड <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1296,7 +1318,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1325,21 +1347,22 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>खंड "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>खंड <number/></"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1376,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1403,7 +1426,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
-msgid "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>खंड <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
@@ -1429,7 +1453,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1458,6 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1472,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1508,7 +1533,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1540,11 +1565,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>तालिका <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1554,16 +1581,21 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1573,8 +1605,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
@@ -1721,11 +1756,19 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "संशोधन इतिहास"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "देखें"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "यह भी देखें"
 
@@ -1733,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr "यह भी देखें"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "सारांश"
 
@@ -1741,7 +1784,7 @@ msgstr "सारांश"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "संकेत"
 
@@ -1749,7 +1792,6 @@ msgstr "संकेत"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "चेतावनी"
-
diff --git a/po/hu.po b/po/hu.po
index f472a95..ade0366 100644
--- a/po/hu.po
+++ b/po/hu.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-04 13:46+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-04 14:21+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Gabor Kelemen <kelemeng@gnome.hu>\n"
 "Language-Team: Hungarian <gnome@gnome.hu>\n"
@@ -16,586 +16,1882 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Függelék: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Fejezet: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr> "
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<xsl:template>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Január</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Február</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>Március</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>Április</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Május</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Június</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Július</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>Augusztus</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>Szeptember</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Október</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>November</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>December</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"</xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
-"</xsl:template>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Példa</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Példa</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Kép</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Kép</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number} Rész: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Rész</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr ",,%t{node}''"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "„%t{node}”"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
-#.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Fejezet: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Táblázat</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Táblázat</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Szerkesztő</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Szerkesztők</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Olvassa el „%s{node}” definícióját"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Küldjön e-mailt „%s{address}” címre"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Szerző</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Szerzők</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Munkatárs</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Munkatársak</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Szerkesztő</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Szerkesztők</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">További közreműködő</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">További "
 "közreműködők</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Kiadó</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Kiadók</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Ezen dokumentum névjegye"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Kapcsolat"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Közönség"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Figyelem"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Tartalom"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Dátum"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedikáció"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-mail"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Fontos"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Tárgymutató"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Jogi megjegyzés"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Szint"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Üzenet közönsége"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Üzenet szintje"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Üzenet eredete"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Név"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Megjegyzés"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Eredet"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Előszó"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Hivatkozás"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Kiadási információk"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Változások története"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Lásd"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Lásd még"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Tárgymutató beállítása"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Szinopszis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Tartalomjegyzék"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tipp"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Cím"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Figyelmeztetés"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Függelék: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Függelék</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Fejezet: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr> "
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Január</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Február</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>Március</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>Április</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Május</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Június</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Július</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>Augusztus</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>Szeptember</xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Október</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>November</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>December</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:template>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Példa</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Példa</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Kép</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Kép</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number} Rész: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Rész</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr ",,%t{node}''"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{number}. Fejezet: %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Fejezet</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>%t{number}. Táblázat</i></msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{number}. Táblázat</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Olvassa el „%s{node}” definícióját"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Küldjön e-mailt „%s{address}” címre"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Közönség"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tartalom"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Dátum"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Szint"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Üzenet közönsége"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Üzenet szintje"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Üzenet eredete"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Eredet"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Hivatkozás"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Kiadási információk"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Tárgymutató beállítása"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tartalomjegyzék"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Cím"
diff --git a/po/id.po b/po/id.po
index 48dd5fc..3175b41 100644
--- a/po/id.po
+++ b/po/id.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-29 11:45+0700\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-27 15:53+0700\n"
 "Last-Translator: Imam Musthaqim <musthaqim@telkom.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Indonesian <sukarelawan@gnome.linux.or.id>\n"
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
 #. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
 msgid ", "
 msgstr ", "
 
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ msgstr ", "
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 
@@ -78,7 +78,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -120,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
 msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -175,7 +176,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
 msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -208,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
 msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -226,7 +227,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -263,7 +264,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -305,7 +307,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
 msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -340,7 +342,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -374,7 +376,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -406,7 +409,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 
@@ -424,7 +427,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgst
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
 msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -461,7 +464,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -503,7 +507,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
 msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -538,7 +542,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
 msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -556,7 +560,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
 msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -593,7 +597,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -635,7 +640,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
 msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -670,7 +675,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
 msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -707,7 +712,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
 msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -734,7 +739,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
 "‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
@@ -773,7 +778,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -814,7 +820,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
 msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>Lihat <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
@@ -852,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>Lihat <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -886,7 +892,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
 msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 
@@ -904,7 +910,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
 msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 
@@ -941,7 +947,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -981,7 +988,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
 msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Bagian <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -999,7 +1006,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Bagian <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
 msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1033,7 +1040,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1070,7 +1078,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
 msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Pertanyaan <number/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1109,7 +1117,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Pertanyaan <number/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1144,7 +1153,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
 msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1162,7 +1171,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1199,7 +1208,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1242,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
 msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1277,7 +1287,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1297,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
 msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1334,7 +1344,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1377,7 +1388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
 msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1412,7 +1423,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
@@ -1432,7 +1443,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
 #. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
 msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 
@@ -1469,7 +1480,8 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1511,7 +1523,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
 msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 
@@ -1546,17 +1558,19 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
 msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Tabel <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Penulis</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Penulis</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1564,20 +1578,23 @@ msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Kolaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Kolaborator</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Hak-cipta</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Hak-cipta</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Penyunting</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Penyunting</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1586,7 +1603,8 @@ msgstr ""
 "Lain</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Penerbit</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Penerbit</msgstr>"
@@ -1600,12 +1618,12 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Penerbit</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Penerbit</msgstr>"
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
 msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr "A:&#x2003;"
 
 #. Used for links to the titlepage.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Tentang Dokumen Ini"
 
@@ -1618,7 +1636,7 @@ msgstr "Tentang Dokumen Ini"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Hubungan"
 
@@ -1626,7 +1644,7 @@ msgstr "Hubungan"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
 #. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Perhatian"
 
@@ -1634,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "Perhatian"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
 #. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Tanda Penerbit"
 
@@ -1642,7 +1660,7 @@ msgstr "Tanda Penerbit"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
 #. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Persembahan"
 
@@ -1655,7 +1673,7 @@ msgstr "Persembahan"
 #. Shaun McCance
 #. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
@@ -1663,7 +1681,7 @@ msgstr "Email"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
 #. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
 msgid "Glossary"
 msgstr "Daftar Istilah"
 
@@ -1671,7 +1689,7 @@ msgstr "Daftar Istilah"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
 #. This is used as a default title for important elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Penting"
 
@@ -1679,7 +1697,7 @@ msgstr "Penting"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
 #. This is used as a default title for index elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indeks"
 
@@ -1687,7 +1705,7 @@ msgstr "Indeks"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
 #. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Pemberitahuan Resmi"
 
@@ -1695,7 +1713,7 @@ msgstr "Pemberitahuan Resmi"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
 #. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nama"
 
@@ -1703,7 +1721,7 @@ msgstr "Nama"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
 #. This is used as a default title for note elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Catatan"
 
@@ -1711,7 +1729,7 @@ msgstr "Catatan"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
 #. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Kata Pengantar"
 
@@ -1724,7 +1742,7 @@ msgstr "Kata Pengantar"
 #. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
 #. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
 msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 
@@ -1732,15 +1750,23 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
 #. This is used as a header before the revision history.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Sejarah Perbaikan"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Lihat"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Lihat Juga"
 
@@ -1748,7 +1774,7 @@ msgstr "Lihat Juga"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Ringkasan"
 
@@ -1756,7 +1782,7 @@ msgstr "Ringkasan"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
@@ -1764,7 +1790,7 @@ msgstr "Tip"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Peringatan"
 
diff --git a/po/it.po b/po/it.po
index 4eb76ef..dcd4743 100644
--- a/po/it.po
+++ b/po/it.po
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-06-05 18:50+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-05 19:01+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Luca Ferretti <elle.uca@infinito.it>\n"
 "Language-Team: Italian <tp@lists.linux.it>\n"
@@ -29,537 +29,1608 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-# modificato da 
-# 	   role="xref">appendice %t{number} - %{title}</msg:msgstr>
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">appendice %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Appendice %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">«%t{node}»</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
 
-# Idem.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<xsl:template>\n"
-"        <xsl:choose>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Gennaio </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Febbraio </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>Marzo </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>Aprile </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Maggio </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Giugno </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Luglio </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>Augosto </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>Settembre </xsl:text></"
-"xsl:when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Ottobre </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>Novembre </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>Dicembre </xsl:text></xsl:"
-"when>\n"
-"        </xsl:choose>\n"
-"        <xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"        <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>\n"
-"        <xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
-"      </xsl:template>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Esempio %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Esempio %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Figura %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">figura %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Figura %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">parte %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Parte %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number} - </msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number} - </msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">sezione %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Sezione %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Tabella %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">tabella %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Tabella %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redattore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redattori</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Consulta la definizione di «%n{node}»"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Invia una email a «%s{address}»"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaboratore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaboratori</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyright</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redattore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redattori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Altro contributore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Altri "
 "contributori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editore</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editori</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Informazioni su questo documento"
 
 # Dall'elemento <affiliation>, usato nell'elencare autori/contributori, come
 #    Luca Ferretti
 #      Affiliation: Italian GNOME Team
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Affiliazione"
 
-# Abbreviazione per "Message Audience". È possibile usare la stessa parola/frase per entrambi
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Pubblico"
-
 # Usato per l'elemento <caution>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Attenzione"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <colophon>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colophon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Sommario"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
 # Usato per l'elemento <dedication>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedica"
 
@@ -567,116 +1638,321 @@ msgstr "Dedica"
 #
 #       Luca Ferretti
 #         Email: elle.uca@infinito.it
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
 # Usato per l'elemento <important>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Importante"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <index>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indice"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <legalnotice>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Note legali"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Livello"
-
-# Usato per l'elemento <msgaud>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Pubblico"
-
-# Usato per l'elemento <msglevel>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Livello"
-
-# Usato per l'elemento <msgorig>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origine"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nome"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <note>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Annotazione"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origine"
-
 # Usato per l'elemento <preface>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Prefazione"
 
-# Usato per l'elemento <reference>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Riferimento"
-
-# Usato per l'elemento <releaseinfo>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informazioni sul rilascio"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <revhistory>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Cronologia delle revisioni"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <see>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Confronta"
 
 # Usato per l'elemento <seealso>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Confronta anche"
 
-# Usato per l'elemento <setindex>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Indice raccolta"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinossi"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Sommario"
-
 # Usato per l'elemento <tip>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Suggerimento"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titolo"
-
 # Usato per l'elemento <warning>
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Avvertimento"
+
+# modificato da 
+# 	   role="xref">appendice %t{number} - %{title}</msg:msgstr>
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">appendice %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Appendice %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">«%t{node}»</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+# Idem.
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ "        <xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Gennaio </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Febbraio </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>Marzo </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>Aprile </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Maggio </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Giugno </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Luglio </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>Augosto </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>Settembre </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Ottobre </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>Novembre </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "          <xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>Dicembre </xsl:text></"
+#~ "xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "        </xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "        <xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "        <xsl:text>, </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "        <xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ "      </xsl:template>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Esempio %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">capitolo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Esempio %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Figura %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">figura %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Figura %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">parte %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Parte %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number} - </msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number} - </msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">sezione %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Sezione %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">Tabella %t{number}:&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">tabella %t{number}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Tabella %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}.%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Consulta la definizione di «%n{node}»"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Invia una email a «%s{address}»"
+
+# Abbreviazione per "Message Audience". È possibile usare la stessa parola/frase per entrambi
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Pubblico"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sommario"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Livello"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <msgaud>
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Pubblico"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <msglevel>
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Livello"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <msgorig>
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <reference>
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Riferimento"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <releaseinfo>
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informazioni sul rilascio"
+
+# Usato per l'elemento <setindex>
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Indice raccolta"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sommario"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titolo"
diff --git a/po/ja.po b/po/ja.po
index 1f8932d..b33afe6 100644
--- a/po/ja.po
+++ b/po/ja.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-17 01:11+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-17 01:10+0900\n"
 "Last-Translator: Takeshi AIHANA <aihana@jcom.home.ne.jp>\n"
 "Language-Team: Japanese <gnome-translation@gnome.gr.jp>\n"
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -78,6 +78,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -92,7 +93,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -128,7 +129,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -183,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -234,7 +235,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -263,6 +264,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -277,7 +279,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -313,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -349,7 +351,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr><number/> 章 ― <title/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
@@ -373,6 +375,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr><number/> 章 ― <title/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -385,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
 #. created from DocBook's email element.
@@ -431,7 +434,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -460,6 +463,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -474,7 +478,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -510,7 +514,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -563,7 +567,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -592,6 +596,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -606,7 +611,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -642,7 +647,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -677,7 +682,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>図 <number/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -714,7 +719,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
 #. to glossary entries.
@@ -745,7 +750,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
 #. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
@@ -772,6 +777,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -784,7 +790,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
@@ -822,7 +828,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
@@ -862,7 +868,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
@@ -912,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -941,6 +947,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -953,7 +960,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1006,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
 #. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
@@ -1032,6 +1039,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1046,7 +1054,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
 #. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
@@ -1077,7 +1085,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>質問事項 <number/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
@@ -1108,6 +1116,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>質問事項 <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1120,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1169,7 +1178,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
 #. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
@@ -1198,6 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1212,7 +1222,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
 #. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
@@ -1249,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
 #. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
@@ -1305,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1334,6 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1348,7 +1359,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1385,7 +1396,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1440,7 +1451,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
 #. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
@@ -1469,6 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1483,7 +1495,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
 #. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
@@ -1519,7 +1531,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
 #. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
 #. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
-#. named TRANSLATORS.xhtml in the root of the source directory.
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
 #. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
 #. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
@@ -1551,11 +1563,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>表 <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>作者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>作者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1563,17 +1577,20 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>協力者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>協力者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>著作権</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>著作権</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>編集者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>編集者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1582,6 +1599,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>発行者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>発行者</msgstr>"
@@ -1731,11 +1749,19 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "改版履歴"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "参照"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "関連項目"
 
@@ -1743,7 +1769,7 @@ msgstr "関連項目"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "概要"
 
@@ -1751,7 +1777,7 @@ msgstr "概要"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "チップス"
 
@@ -1759,6 +1785,6 @@ msgstr "チップス"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "警告"
diff --git a/po/ko.po b/po/ko.po
index 794a067..583f373 100644
--- a/po/ko.po
+++ b/po/ko.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-13 11:10+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-15 22:09+0900\n"
 "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: GNOME Korea <gnome-kr-hackers@lists.kldp.net>\n"
@@ -13,283 +13,1828 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "편집"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "저자"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr "도와주신 분"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "저작권"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "편집"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "그 외에 도와주신 분들"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "출판"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "이 문서 정보"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "소속"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "독자"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "주의"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "출판 정보"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "차례"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "날짜"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "바치는 글"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "전자메일"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "중요"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "찾아보기"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "저작권 정보"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "수준"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "독자"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "수준"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "원작"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "이름"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "알림"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "원작"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "서문"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "참고 자료"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "릴리스 정보"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "개정 내역"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "참고"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "참고"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "세트 색인"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "개요"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "차례"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "힌트"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "제목"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "경고"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "독자"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "차례"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "날짜"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "수준"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "독자"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "수준"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "원작"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "원작"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "참고 자료"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "릴리스 정보"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "세트 색인"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "차례"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "제목"
diff --git a/po/lt.po b/po/lt.po
index 4bc596e..62d3005 100644
--- a/po/lt.po
+++ b/po/lt.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-01 01:29+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-01 01:46+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Žygimantas Beručka <uid0@akl.lt>\n"
 "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n"
@@ -17,562 +17,1864 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-as priedas"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-as skyrius"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<xsl:template>\n"
-" <xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
-" <xsl:choose>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>sausis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>vasaris </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>kovas </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>balandis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>gegužė </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>birželis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>liepa </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>rugpjūtis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>rugsėjis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>spalis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>lapkritis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>gruodis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-" </xsl:choose>\n"
-" <xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"</xsl:template>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-as pavyzdys"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-as paveikslėlis"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-a dalis"
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-as skyrius"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "%t{number}-a lentelė"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktorius</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktoriai</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr form=\"2\">Redaktorių</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Skaityti „%s{node}“ aprašymą"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Siųsti „%s{address}“ el.laišką"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autorius</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authoriai</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autoriai</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Bendradarbis</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Bendradarbiai</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr form=\"2\">Bendradarbių</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autorinės teisės</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktorius</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktoriai</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr form=\"2\">Redaktorių</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Kitas pagalbininkas</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Kiti "
 "pagalbininkai</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"2\">Kitų pagalbininkų</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Leidėjas</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Leidėjai</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr form=\"2\">Leidėjų</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Apie šį dokumentą"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Ryšiai"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Publika"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Įspėjimas"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Įspėjimas"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Turinys"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedikuota"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "El. paštas"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Svarbu"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Rodyklė"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Teisinės pastabos"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Lygis"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Žinutės publika"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Žinutės lygis"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Žinutės šaltinis"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Vardas"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Pastaba"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Šaltinis"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Įžanga"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Pasiremta informacija"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Leidimo informacija"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Peržiūros istorija"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Žr."
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Taip pat žr."
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Rinkinio rodyklė"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Santrauka"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Turinys"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Paaiškinimas"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Pavadinimas"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Įspėjimas"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-as priedas"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-as skyrius"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ " <xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ " <xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>sausis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>vasaris </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>kovas </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>balandis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>gegužė </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>birželis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>liepa </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>rugpjūtis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>rugsėjis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>spalis </xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>lapkritis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ "  <xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>gruodis </xsl:text></xsl:"
+#~ "when>\n"
+#~ " </xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ " <xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:template>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-as pavyzdys"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-as paveikslėlis"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-a dalis"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-as skyrius"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{number}-a lentelė"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Skaityti „%s{node}“ aprašymą"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Siųsti „%s{address}“ el.laišką"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Publika"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Turinys"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Lygis"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Žinutės publika"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Žinutės lygis"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Žinutės šaltinis"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Šaltinis"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Pasiremta informacija"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Leidimo informacija"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Rinkinio rodyklė"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Turinys"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Pavadinimas"
diff --git a/po/mk.po b/po/mk.po
index 73e17ae..c6cff01 100644
--- a/po/mk.po
+++ b/po/mk.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: mk\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-20 14:17+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-20 23:24+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Арангел Ангов <ufo@linux.net.mk>\n"
 "Language-Team: Macedonian <ossm-members@hedona.on.net.mk>\n"
@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -156,8 +157,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
-msgid "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -262,6 +265,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -339,8 +343,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -371,6 +377,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgs
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -458,6 +465,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -590,6 +598,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -770,6 +779,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -849,8 +859,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
-msgid "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -936,6 +948,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -1027,6 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1103,6 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1193,6 +1208,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1271,8 +1287,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
-msgid "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1326,6 +1344,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1404,8 +1423,10 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
-msgid "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1459,6 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1541,11 +1563,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Автор</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Автори</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1553,16 +1577,21 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Помагач</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Помагач
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Уредник</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Уредници</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1572,8 +1601,11 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
-msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Објавувач</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Објавувачи</msgstr>"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Објавувач</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Објавувачи</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
@@ -1720,11 +1752,19 @@ msgstr "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Ревизија на историјата"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Види"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Види исто така"
 
@@ -1732,7 +1772,7 @@ msgstr "Види исто така"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Опис"
 
@@ -1740,7 +1780,7 @@ msgstr "Опис"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Совет"
 
@@ -1748,7 +1788,6 @@ msgstr "Совет"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Предупредување"
-
diff --git a/po/nb.po b/po/nb.po
index fadf9aa..b1c28af 100644
--- a/po/nb.po
+++ b/po/nb.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils 0.1\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-25 22:47+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-25 22:47+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Norwegian bokmal <i18n-nb@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -16,564 +16,1840 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.tillegg.etikett"
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "format.bok.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.kapittel.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.sitattittel"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.dato"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.etikett"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer.flat"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer.flat"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.volum"
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.del.etikett"
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.del.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.sitat.indre"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.sitat.ytre"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.referanseoppføring.etikett"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.flat"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.verktøytips.ordbokoppføring"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.verktøytips.mailto"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Forfatter</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Forfattere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Medhjelper</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Medhjelpere</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Opphavsrett</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Opphavsrett</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Annen bidragsyter</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Andre "
 "bidragsytere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Utgiver</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Utgivere</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Om dette dokumentet"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Tilhørighet"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Målgruppe"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Advarsel"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Innhold"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Dato"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Tilegnet"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-post"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Viktig"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indeks"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Jussnotis"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivå"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Meldingspublikum"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Meldingsnivå"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Meldingsopphav"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Navn"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Merknad"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Opprinnelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Forord"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referanse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informasjon om utgave"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historikk for utgaver"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Se"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Se også"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Sett indeks"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tips"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Tittel"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Advarsel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tillegg.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.bok.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.kapittel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitattittel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.dato"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.volum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitat.indre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitat.ytre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.referanseoppføring.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktøytips.ordbokoppføring"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktøytips.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Målgruppe"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innhold"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Dato"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingspublikum"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingsnivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingsopphav"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Opprinnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referanse"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informasjon om utgave"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Sett indeks"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Tittel"
diff --git a/po/ne.po b/po/ne.po
index d2bef36..05a0b2b 100644
--- a/po/ne.po
+++ b/po/ne.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-22 05:24+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-31 10:43+0545\n"
 "Last-Translator: Jyotshna Shrestha <shresthajyo@hotmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Nepali <info@mpp.org.np>\n"
@@ -24,535 +24,1834 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2;plural=(n!=0)\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.एपेन्डिक्स.लेबुल"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.लेबुल"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.साइटशीर्षक"
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.मिति"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उदारण.लेबुल"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उदाहरण.नम्बर"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उदाहरण.नम्बर.समतल"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.लेबुल"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.नम्बर"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.नम्बर.समतल"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.मानभोल्नम"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.तह"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.नम्बर"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उदधृत वाक्य.भित्री"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उदधृत वाक्य.बाहिरी"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.रिफेन्ट्री.तह"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.सेक्सन.लेबुल"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.लेबुल"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.नम्बर"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">सम्पादक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">सम्पादकहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.नम्बर.समतल"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उपकरण टिप.शब्दसंग्रह प्रबिष्टि"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "ढाँचा.उपकरणटिप.माइल्टो"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">लेखक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">लेखकहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">सहकारी</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">सहकारीहरू</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">सहकारी</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">सहकारीहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\"> प्रतिलिपि अधिकार</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">प्रतिलिपि "
 "अधिकारहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">सम्पादक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">सम्पादकहरू</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">सम्पादक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">सम्पादकहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">अन्य दाता</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">अन्य दाताहरू</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">अन्य दाता</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">अन्य दाताहरू</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">प्रकाशक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">प्रकाशकहरू</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">प्रकाशक</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">प्रकाशकहरू</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "यो लिखतको बारेमा"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "सम्बद्धन"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "दर्शन"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "सावधानी"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "कोलोफोन"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "सामग्रीहरू"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "मिति"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "समर्पण"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "इमेल"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "महत्वपूर्ण"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "बैध सूचना"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "तह"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "सन्देश दर्शन"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "सन्देश तह"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "सन्देश उत्पत्ति"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "नाम"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "द्रष्टव्य"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "उत्पत्ति"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "भुमिका"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "सन्दर्भ"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "जारी जानकारी"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "संशोधन इतिहास"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "हेर"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "यो पनि हेर"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका सेट गर्नुहोस्"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "सारांश"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "सामाग्रीहरूको तालिका"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "टिप"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "शीर्षक"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "चेतावनी"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.एपेन्डिक्स.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.साइटशीर्षक"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.मिति"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उदारण.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उदाहरण.नम्बर"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उदाहरण.नम्बर.समतल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.नम्बर"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.रेखाचित्र.नम्बर.समतल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.मानभोल्नम"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.तह"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.अध्याय.नम्बर"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उदधृत वाक्य.भित्री"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उदधृत वाक्य.बाहिरी"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.रिफेन्ट्री.तह"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.सेक्सन.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.लेबुल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.नम्बर"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.तालिका.नम्बर.समतल"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उपकरण टिप.शब्दसंग्रह प्रबिष्टि"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "ढाँचा.उपकरणटिप.माइल्टो"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "दर्शन"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "सामग्रीहरू"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "मिति"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "तह"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "सन्देश दर्शन"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "सन्देश तह"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "सन्देश उत्पत्ति"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "उत्पत्ति"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "सन्दर्भ"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "जारी जानकारी"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "अनुक्रमणिका सेट गर्नुहोस्"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "सामाग्रीहरूको तालिका"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "शीर्षक"
diff --git a/po/nl.po b/po/nl.po
index 3efe5e9..9c3e2a0 100644
--- a/po/nl.po
+++ b/po/nl.po
@@ -8,576 +8,1852 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-13 05:38+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-13 16:38+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Taco Witte <tcwitte@cs.uu.nl>\n"
 "Language-Team: Dutch <vertaling@vrijschrift.org>\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "format.book.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redacteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redacteuren</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Auteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Auteurs</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Medewerker</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Medewerkers</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Auteursrecht</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Auteursrechten</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redacteur</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redacteuren</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Andere medewerker</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Andere "
 "medewerkers</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Uitgever</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Uitgevers</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Over dit document"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Werkzaam bij"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Doelgroep"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Let op"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Inhoud"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Datum"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Opgedragen aan"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-mail"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Verklarende woordenlijst"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Belangrijk"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Juridische opmerking"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Niveau"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Berichtsdoelgroep"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Berichtsniveau"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Berichtsoorsprong"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Naam"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Opmerking"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Oorsprong"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Voorwoord"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Naslagwerk"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Uitgave-informatie"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Overzicht van herzieningen"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Zie"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Zie ook"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Verzamelingsindex"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Samenvatting"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Inhoudsopgave"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titel"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Waarschuwing"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.book.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Doelgroep"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Inhoud"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Datum"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Niveau"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Berichtsdoelgroep"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Berichtsniveau"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Berichtsoorsprong"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Oorsprong"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Naslagwerk"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Uitgave-informatie"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Verzamelingsindex"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Inhoudsopgave"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titel"
+
 #~ msgid "About This Article"
 #~ msgstr "Over dit artikel"
 
@@ -692,9 +1968,6 @@ msgstr "Waarschuwing"
 #~ msgid "Figure"
 #~ msgstr "Figuur"
 
-#~ msgid "Glossary"
-#~ msgstr "Verklarende woordenlijst"
-
 #~ msgid "Part"
 #~ msgstr "Deel"
 
diff --git a/po/no.po b/po/no.po
index fadf9aa..b1c28af 100644
--- a/po/no.po
+++ b/po/no.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils 0.1\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-05-25 22:47+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-05-25 22:47+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Kjartan Maraas <kmaraas@gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Norwegian bokmal <i18n-nb@lister.ping.uio.no>\n"
@@ -16,564 +16,1840 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.tillegg.etikett"
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "format.bok.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.kapittel.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.sitattittel"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.dato"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.etikett"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer.flat"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer.flat"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.volum"
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.del.etikett"
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.del.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.sitat.indre"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.sitat.ytre"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.referanseoppføring.etikett"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.flat"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.verktøytips.ordbokoppføring"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.verktøytips.mailto"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Forfatter</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Forfattere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Medhjelper</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Medhjelpere</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Opphavsrett</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Opphavsrett</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktør</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktører</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Annen bidragsyter</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Andre "
 "bidragsytere</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Utgiver</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Utgivere</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Om dette dokumentet"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Tilhørighet"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Målgruppe"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Advarsel"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Innhold"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Dato"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Tilegnet"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-post"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Viktig"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indeks"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Jussnotis"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivå"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Meldingspublikum"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Meldingsnivå"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Meldingsopphav"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Navn"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Merknad"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Opprinnelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Forord"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referanse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informasjon om utgave"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historikk for utgaver"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Se"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Se også"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Sett indeks"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Synopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tips"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Tittel"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Advarsel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tillegg.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.bok.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.kapittel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitattittel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.dato"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.eksempel.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.volum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitat.indre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.sitat.ytre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.referanseoppføring.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktøytips.ordbokoppføring"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktøytips.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Målgruppe"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innhold"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Dato"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingspublikum"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingsnivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Meldingsopphav"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Opprinnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referanse"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informasjon om utgave"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Sett indeks"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innholdsfortegnelse"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Tittel"
diff --git a/po/pa.po b/po/pa.po
index 5d59ee4..f7321a0 100644
--- a/po/pa.po
+++ b/po/pa.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: pa\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-01 07:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-02 05:33+0530\n"
 "Last-Translator: Amanpreet Singh Alam <amanpreetalam@yahoo.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Punjabi <fedora-trans-pa@redhat.com>\n"
@@ -20,533 +20,1830 @@ msgstr ""
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਲੇਖਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਲੇਖਕ</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਕਾਪੀਰਾਈਟ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਕਾਪੀਰਾਈਟ</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">ਕਾਪੀਰਾਈਟ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਕਾਪੀਰਾਈਟ</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਸੰਪਾਦਕ</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਹੋਰ ਸਹਾਇਕ</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">ਪ੍ਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">ਪ੍ਰਕਾਸ਼ਕ</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "ਇਸ ਦਸਤਾਵੇਜ਼ ਬਾਰੇ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "ਸਬੰਧਤ"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "ਦਰਸ਼ਕ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "ਸਾਵਧਾਨ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "ਲੇਖਕ"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "ਭਾਗ"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "ਸਮਰਪਤ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "ਈ-ਪੱਤਰ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "ਖਾਸ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "ਤਤਕਰਾ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "ਕਾਨੂੰਨੀ ਸੂਚਨਾ"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "ਪੱਧਰ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਸਰੋਤੇ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਪੱਧਰ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਆਧਾਰ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "ਨਾਂ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "ਸੂਚਨਾ"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "ਭੂਮਿਕਾ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "ਮੁੱਖ ਬੰਧ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "ਹਵਾਲਾ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "ਜਾਰੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "ਦੁਹਰਾਉ ਅਤੀਤ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "ਵੇਖੋ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "ਇਹ ਵੀ ਵੇਖੋ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "ਤਤਕਰਾ ਬਣਾਓ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "ਸੰਖੇਪ"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "ਤਤਕਰਾ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "ਇਸ਼ਾਰਾ"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "ਸਿਰਲੇਖ"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "ਚੇਤਾਵਨੀ"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "ਦਰਸ਼ਕ"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "ਭਾਗ"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "ਮਿਤੀ"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "ਪੱਧਰ"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਸਰੋਤੇ"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਪੱਧਰ"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "ਸੁਨੇਹਾ ਆਧਾਰ"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "ਭੂਮਿਕਾ"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "ਹਵਾਲਾ"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "ਜਾਰੀ ਜਾਣਕਾਰੀ"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "ਤਤਕਰਾ ਬਣਾਓ"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "ਤਤਕਰਾ"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "ਸਿਰਲੇਖ"
diff --git a/po/pt.po b/po/pt.po
index fea8c3d..1faa375 100644
--- a/po/pt.po
+++ b/po/pt.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: 2.10\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-18 01:26+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-27 15:22-0600\n"
 "Last-Translator: Duarte Loreto <happyguy_pt@hotmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Portuguese <gnome_pt@yahoogroups.com>\n"
@@ -15,296 +15,1842 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "Apêndice %t{number}"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "Capítulo %t{number}"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr> <msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}"
-"</i></msg:msgstr>"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "Exemplo %t{number}"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "Imagem %t{number}"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "Secção %t{number}"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "“%t{node}”"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "Secção %t{number}"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Ler a definição de ‘%s{node}’"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Enviar um email para ‘%s{address}’"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editores</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Colaborador</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Colaboradores</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Outra Contribuição</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Outras "
 "Contribuições</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editores</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Sobre Este Documento"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Afiliação"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Audiência"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Cuidado"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Notas Finais"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Conteúdo"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedicatória"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossário"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Importante"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Índice"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Nota Legal"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nível"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Audiência da Mensagem"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Nível da Mensagem"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origem da Mensagem"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nome"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Nota"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origem"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Prefácio"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referência"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informação de Distribuição"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Histórico de Revisões"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Consulte"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Consulte Também"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Definir Índice"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinopse"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Tabela de Conteúdo"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Dica"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Título"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Aviso"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "Apêndice %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "Capítulo %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr> <msg:msgstr><i>%t"
+#~ "{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "Exemplo %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imagem %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "Secção %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "Secção %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Ler a definição de ‘%s{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Enviar um email para ‘%s{address}’"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiência"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Conteúdo"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nível"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiência da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nível da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origem da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origem"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referência"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informação de Distribuição"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Definir Índice"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela de Conteúdo"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Título"
+
 #~ msgid "About This Article"
 #~ msgstr "Sobre Este Artigo"
 
@@ -404,9 +1950,6 @@ msgstr "Aviso"
 #~ msgid "Figure"
 #~ msgstr "Figura"
 
-#~ msgid "Glossary"
-#~ msgstr "Glossário"
-
 #~ msgid "Other Contributor"
 #~ msgstr "Outra Contribuição"
 
diff --git a/po/pt_BR.po b/po/pt_BR.po
index c5a9131..294efe8 100644
--- a/po/pt_BR.po
+++ b/po/pt_BR.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-06 20:20-0300\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-06 14:23-0300\n"
 "Last-Translator: Raphael Higino <raphaelh@uai.com.br>\n"
 "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <gnome-l10n-br@listas.cipsga.org.br>\n"
@@ -16,547 +16,1841 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "Apêndice %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "Capítulo %t{number}"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr> <msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}"
-"</i></msg:msgstr>"
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "Exemplo %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "Figura %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "Parte %t{number}"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "Seção %t{number}"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editores</msgstr>"
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Leia a definição de ‘%s{node}’"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Envie um e-mail para ‘%s{address}’"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Colaborador</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Colaboradores</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editores</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Outro Contribuinte</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Outros "
 "Contribuinte</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editora</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editoras</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Sobre esse documento"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Associação"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Audiência"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Cuidado"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colofão"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Conteúdo"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedicatória"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-mail"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Glossário"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Importante"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Índice"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Aviso Legal"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nível"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Audiência da Mensagem"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Nível da Mensagem"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origem da Mensagem"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nome"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Nota"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origem"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Prefácio"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referência"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informações do Lançamento"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Histórico de Revisão"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Veja"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Veja Também"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Índice da Coleção"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinopse"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Tabela de Conteúdo"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Dica"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Título"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Aviso"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "Apêndice %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "Capítulo %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">“%t{node}”</msg:msgstr> <msg:msgstr><i>%t"
+#~ "{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "Exemplo %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "Figura %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "Parte %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "Seção %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Leia a definição de ‘%s{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Envie um e-mail para ‘%s{address}’"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiência"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Conteúdo"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nível"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audiência da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nível da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origem da Mensagem"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origem"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referência"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informações do Lançamento"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Índice da Coleção"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela de Conteúdo"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Título"
+
 #~ msgid "About This Article"
 #~ msgstr "Sobre esse artigo"
 
@@ -656,9 +1950,6 @@ msgstr "Aviso"
 #~ msgid "Figure"
 #~ msgstr "Figura"
 
-#~ msgid "Glossary"
-#~ msgstr "Glossário"
-
 #~ msgid "Other Contributor"
 #~ msgstr "Outro Contribuidor"
 
diff --git a/po/ro.po b/po/ro.po
index 49c7dcc..991597f 100644
--- a/po/ro.po
+++ b/po/ro.po
@@ -8,572 +8,1864 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-03 12:38+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-03 15:17+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Dan Damian <dand@gnome.ro>\n"
 "Language-Team: Romanian <gnomero-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
-"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "Anexa %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "Capitolul %t{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}”</msg:msgstr>"
-"<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
-""
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "<xsl:template>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Januar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Februar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>März</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>April</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Mai</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Juni</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Juli</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>August</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>September</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Oktober</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>November</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>Dezember</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"</xsl:choose>\n\""
-"<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n\""
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n\""
-"</xsl:template>\""
-""
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "Exemplul %t{number}"
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "Figura %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "\"%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "\"%1{number}"
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "Partea %t{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‚%t{node}’"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "„%t{node}”"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "%t{title}"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "Secţiunea %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editori</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Vezi definiţia pentru „%s{node}”"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Trimite email la „%s{address}”"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Colaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Colaboratori</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyright-uri</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyright-uri</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">A mai contribuit</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Au mai "
 "contribuit</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editori</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editori</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Despre acest document"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Afiliere"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Audienţă"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Atenţie"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Casetă"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Sumar"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedicaţie"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Important"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Notă legală"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivel"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Audienţă mesaj"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Nivel mesaj"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origine mesaj"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Nume"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Notă"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origine"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Prefaţă"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referinţă"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informaţii despre publicare"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Istoric revizii"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vezi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vezi şi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Setează index"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sinopsis"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Sumar"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Sfat"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titlu"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Avertisment"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "Anexa %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "Capitolul %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}”</msg:msgstr><msg:msgstr><i>%t"
+#~ "{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>Januar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>Februar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>März</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>April</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>Mai</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>Juni</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>Juli</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>August</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>September</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>Oktober</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>November</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>Dezember</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "\"<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "\"<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ "\"</xsl:template>\""
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "Exemplul %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "Figura %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "\"%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "\"%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "Partea %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‚%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "%t{title}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "Secţiunea %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela %t{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Vezi definiţia pentru „%s{node}”"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Trimite email la „%s{address}”"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audienţă"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sumar"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivel"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Audienţă mesaj"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivel mesaj"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine mesaj"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origine"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referinţă"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informaţii despre publicare"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Setează index"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sumar"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titlu"
diff --git a/po/rw.po b/po/rw.po
index cb278e0..8187659 100644
--- a/po/rw.po
+++ b/po/rw.po
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-03-31 22:54-0700\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-31 20:55-0700\n"
 "Last-Translator: Steve Murphy <murf@e-tools.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Kinyarwanda <translation-team-rw@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -25,483 +25,1624 @@ msgstr ""
 "ULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Umutwe."
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero."
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero."
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero. Umubare."
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Umubare."
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Gushyiraho akugarizo."
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Gushyiraho akugarizo."
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere."
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Icyiciro."
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#."
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#."
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#. Umubare."
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Umwanyanyobora:."
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Imiterere. Umwanyanyobora:."
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
 #, fuzzy
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
 #, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<Ifishi 0 Ifishi 1."
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
-msgid "About This Document"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "Affiliation"
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
+msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr ""
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
+msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr ""
 
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\dbgui\validate.src:TP_VALIDATION_INPUTHELP.FL_CONTENT.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\dbgui\validate.src:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR.FL_CONTENT.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\navipi\navipi.src:RID_SCDLG_NAVIGATOR.TBX_CMD.IID_ZOOMOUT.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\navipi\navipi.src:SCSTR_CONTENT_ROOT.text
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Ibigize"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Itariki"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr ""
 
 # officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....BusinessCard.BusinessAddress.Email.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "imeli"
 
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
 # sfx2/source\dialog\mailwindow.src:RID_MAIL_WINDOW.LB_MAILWIN_PRIO.2.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "By'ingirakamaro"
 
@@ -511,127 +1652,255 @@ msgstr "By'ingirakamaro"
 # officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....DefaultFontCJK.Index.text
 # #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
 # officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....DefaultFontCTL.Index.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Umubarendanga"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr ""
 
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Table.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Frame.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Graphic.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Calc.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Draw.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Chart.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Image.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Formula.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Impress.Settings.Level.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.OLEMisc.Settings.Level.text
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "urwego"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Izina"
 
 # sc/source\ui\pagedlg\hfedtdlg.src:RID_HFBASE.FL_INFO.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Igisobanuro"
 
-# shell/source\win32\shlxthandler\shlxthdl.lng:%ORIGIN%.text
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Inkomoko"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr ""
 
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\src\scfuncs.src:RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_FORMULA.2.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sc/source\ui\src\scfuncs.src:RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_CELL.4.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Indango"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr ""
 
 # #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sw/source\ui\index\cnttab.src:TP_TOX_SELECT.LB_TYPE.1.text
-# #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
-# sw/source\ui\utlui\initui.src:RID_SW_SHELLRES.STR_TOC.text
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Ishakiro"
-
-# #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
 # sw/source\ui\wizard\wizagdlg.src:DLG_WIZARD_AG.DLG_AG4_Text_TipNr1.text
 # #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
 # sw/source\ui\wizard\wizltdlg.src:DLG_WIZARD_LT.DLG_LT9_Text_Tip.text
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 #, fuzzy
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Inyobora:"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Umutwe"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Iburira"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Umutwe."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Urugero. Umubare."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Umubare."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Gushyiraho akugarizo."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Gushyiraho akugarizo."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Icyiciro."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. imbonerahamwe#. Umubare."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Umwanyanyobora:."
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Imiterere. Umwanyanyobora:."
+
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\dbgui\validate.src:TP_VALIDATION_INPUTHELP.FL_CONTENT.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\dbgui\validate.src:TP_VALIDATION_ERROR.FL_CONTENT.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\navipi\navipi.src:RID_SCDLG_NAVIGATOR.TBX_CMD.IID_ZOOMOUT.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\navipi\navipi.src:SCSTR_CONTENT_ROOT.text
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Ibigize"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Itariki"
+
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Table.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Frame.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.WriterObject.Graphic.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Calc.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Draw.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Chart.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Image.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Formula.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.Impress.Settings.Level.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  officecfg.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# officecfg/registry\schema\org\openoffice\Office\Writer.xcs:....Insert.Caption.OfficeObject.OLEMisc.Settings.Level.text
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "urwego"
+
+# shell/source\win32\shlxthandler\shlxthdl.lng:%ORIGIN%.text
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Inkomoko"
+
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\src\scfuncs.src:RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_FORMULA.2.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  sc.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sc/source\ui\src\scfuncs.src:RID_SC_FUNCTION_DESCRIPTIONS1.SC_OPCODE_CELL.4.text
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Indango"
+
+# #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sw/source\ui\index\cnttab.src:TP_TOX_SELECT.LB_TYPE.1.text
+# #-#-#-#-#  sw.pot (PACKAGE VERSION)  #-#-#-#-#
+# sw/source\ui\utlui\initui.src:RID_SW_SHELLRES.STR_TOC.text
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Ishakiro"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Umutwe"
diff --git a/po/sk.po b/po/sk.po
index bea6878..6f5e382 100644
--- a/po/sk.po
+++ b/po/sk.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-29 21:23+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-29 21:58+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Marcel Telka <marcel@telka.sk>\n"
 "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n@lists.linux.sk>\n"
@@ -1697,11 +1697,19 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "História zmien"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Pozri"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Pozri tiež"
 
@@ -1709,7 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "Pozri tiež"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Prehľad"
 
@@ -1717,7 +1725,7 @@ msgstr "Prehľad"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
@@ -1725,6 +1733,6 @@ msgstr "Tip"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Upozornenie"
diff --git a/po/sq.po b/po/sq.po
index 432d89c..197f3a8 100644
--- a/po/sq.po
+++ b/po/sq.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-01 05:32+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-01 09:54+0100\n"
 "Last-Translator: Laurent Dhima <laurenti@alblinux.net>\n"
 "Language-Team: Albanian <gnome-albanian-perkthyesit@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -15,286 +15,1834 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editorë</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autori</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Autorët</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Bashkpunues</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Bashkpunues</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editorë</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Bashkpunues tjetër</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Bashkpunues "
-"të tjerë</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Bashkpunues tjetër</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1"
+"\">Bashkpunues të tjerë</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Publikuesi</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publikues</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publikuesi</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publikues</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Informacione në lidhje me këtë dokument"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Afilim"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Dëgjim"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Kujdes"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Colophon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Përmbajtja"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Data"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Dedikimi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Email"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "I rëndësishëm"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Treguesi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Njoftimi ligjor"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Etiketa"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Dëgjim mesazhi"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Etiketa e mesazhit"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Origjina e mesazhit"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Emri"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Shënim"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Origjina"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Hyrja"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referime"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informacione mbi versionin"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Historiku revizionit"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Shiko"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Shiko gjithashtu"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Përcakto treguesin"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Përmbledhja"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Tabela e përmbajtjes"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tip"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titulli"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Kujdes"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Dëgjim"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Përmbajtja"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Data"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Etiketa"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Dëgjim mesazhi"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Etiketa e mesazhit"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origjina e mesazhit"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Origjina"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referime"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informacione mbi versionin"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Përcakto treguesin"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tabela e përmbajtjes"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titulli"
diff --git a/po/sr.po b/po/sr.po
index 3b12097..dd183e5 100644
--- a/po/sr.po
+++ b/po/sr.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-06 08:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-06 08:25+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Данило Шеган <danilo@gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Serbian (sr) <gnom@prevod.org>\n"
@@ -18,424 +18,1515 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Додатак %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Додатак %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Глава %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Глава %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}“</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<xsl:template>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>јануар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>фебруар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>март</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>април</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>мај</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>јун</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>јул</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>август</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>септембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>октобар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>новембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>децембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"</xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
-"</xsl:template>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Пример %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Пример %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Слика %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Слика %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Део %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Део %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
-#.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Одељак %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Одељак %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Табела %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Табела %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Уредник</msgstr>\n"
+"<msgstr>Уредници</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Прочитајте дефиницију за „%s{node}“"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Пошаљите е-писмо на „%s{address}“"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Аутор</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr form=\"1\">Аутори</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr form=\"2\">Аутори</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Сарадник</msgstr>\n"
@@ -443,167 +1534,373 @@ msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"2\">Сарадници</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr>Ауторска права</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Уредник</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Уредници</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Други доприносилац</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Други доприносиоци</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Издавач</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Издавачи</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "О овом документу"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Запослење"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Циљна група"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Пажња"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Импресум"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Садржај"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Датум"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Посвета"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Е-пошта"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Важно"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Регистар"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Законска порука"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Ниво"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Циљна група поруке"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Ниво поруке"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Порекло поруке"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Име"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Белешка"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Порекло"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Предговор"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Референца"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Подаци о издању"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Историјат верзија"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Види"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Види и"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Постави регистар"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Сиже"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Садржај"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Савет"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Наслов"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Упозорење"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Додатак %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Додатак %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Глава %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Глава %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}“</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>јануар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>фебруар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>март</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>април</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>мај</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>јун</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>јул</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>август</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>септембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>октобар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>новембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>децембар</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:template>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Пример %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:"
+#~ "msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Пример %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Слика %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Слика %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Део %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Део %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Одељак %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Одељак %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Табела %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:"
+#~ "msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Табела %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Прочитајте дефиницију за „%s{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Пошаљите е-писмо на „%s{address}“"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Циљна група"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Садржај"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Датум"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Ниво"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Циљна група поруке"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Ниво поруке"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Порекло поруке"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Порекло"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Референца"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Подаци о издању"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Постави регистар"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Садржај"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Наслов"
diff --git a/po/sr@Latn.po b/po/sr@Latn.po
index 6c5a0c4..934a878 100644
--- a/po/sr@Latn.po
+++ b/po/sr@Latn.po
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-04-06 08:26+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-04-06 08:25+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Danilo Šegan <danilo@gnome.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Serbian (sr) <gnom@prevod.org>\n"
@@ -18,424 +18,1515 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Dodatak %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Dodatak %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Glava %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Glava %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:42
-msgid "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}“</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<xsl:template>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
-"<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>januar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>februar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>mart</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>april</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>maj</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>jun</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>jul</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>avgust</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>septembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>oktobar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>novembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>decembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
-"</xsl:choose>\n"
-"<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
-"<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
-"</xsl:template>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "format.example.label"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Primer %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Primer %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:73
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:87
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:102
-msgid "format.figure.label"
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Slika %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Slika %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:117
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:131
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:143
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "(%t{node})"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:158
-msgid "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Deo %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Deo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:169
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "%I{number}"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:180
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:191
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
-#.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:232
-msgid "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Odeljak %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Odeljak %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:247
-msgid "format.table.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Tabela %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
-"<msg:msgstr>Tabela %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:262
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Urednik</msgstr>\n"
+"<msgstr>Urednici</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:276
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "%1{number}"
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:287
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "Pročitajte definiciju za „%s{node}“"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:295
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "Pošaljite e-pismo na „%s{address}“"
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Autor</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr form=\"1\">Autori</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr form=\"2\">Autori</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Saradnik</msgstr>\n"
@@ -443,167 +1534,373 @@ msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"2\">Saradnici</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr>Autorska prava</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Urednik</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Urednici</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Drugi doprinosilac</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Drugi doprinosioci</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Izdavač</msgstr>\n"
 "<msgstr>Izdavači</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "O ovom dokumentu"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Zaposlenje"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Ciljna grupa"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Pažnja"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Impresum"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Sadržaj"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Datum"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Posveta"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-pošta"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Važno"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Registar"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Zakonska poruka"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivo"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Ciljna grupa poruke"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Nivo poruke"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Poreklo poruke"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Ime"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Beleška"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Poreklo"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Predgovor"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referenca"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Podaci o izdanju"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Istorijat verzija"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Vidi"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Vidi i"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Postavi registar"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Siže"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Sadržaj"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Savet"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Naslov"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Upozorenje"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Dodatak %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Dodatak %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Glava %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Glava %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"article\">„%t{node}“</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr><i>%t{node}</i></msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<xsl:template>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$day\"/>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text>. </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  1\"><xsl:text>januar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  2\"><xsl:text>februar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  3\"><xsl:text>mart</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  4\"><xsl:text>april</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  5\"><xsl:text>maj</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  6\"><xsl:text>jun</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  7\"><xsl:text>jul</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  8\"><xsl:text>avgust</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month =  9\"><xsl:text>septembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 10\"><xsl:text>oktobar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 11\"><xsl:text>novembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:when test=\"$month = 12\"><xsl:text>decembar</xsl:text></xsl:when>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:choose>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:text> </xsl:text>\n"
+#~ "<xsl:value-of select=\"$year\"/>\n"
+#~ "</xsl:template>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Primer %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:"
+#~ "msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Primer %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Slika %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Slika %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "(%t{node})"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Deo %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Deo %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "%I{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "‘%t{node}’"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "„%t{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">%t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>%t{title}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\">%t{number}.&#x2003;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"li\">%t{number}.&#x2002;</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"xref\">Odeljak %t{number} ― %t{title}</msg:msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Odeljak %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<msg:msgstr role=\"header\"><i>Tabela %t{number}</i>&#x2003;</msg:"
+#~ "msgstr>\n"
+#~ "<msg:msgstr>Tabela %t{number}</msg:msgstr>"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "%t{parent}-%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "%1{number}"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "Pročitajte definiciju za „%s{node}“"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "Pošaljite e-pismo na „%s{address}“"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Ciljna grupa"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sadržaj"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Datum"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivo"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Ciljna grupa poruke"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivo poruke"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Poreklo poruke"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Poreklo"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referenca"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Podaci o izdanju"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Postavi registar"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Sadržaj"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Naslov"
diff --git a/po/sv.po b/po/sv.po
index 354b1b3..fe6bc39 100644
--- a/po/sv.po
+++ b/po/sv.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-03 17:41+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-05 01:51+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Christian Rose <menthos@menthos.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Swedish <sv@li.org>\n"
@@ -16,296 +16,1842 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.etikett"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.kapitel.etikett"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citattitel"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.datum"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.exempel.etikett"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.exempel.nummer"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.exempel.nummer.platt"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figur.nummer.platt"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.del.etikett"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.del.nummer"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.citat.inre"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.citat.yttre"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refpost.etikett"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.platt"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.verktygstips.ordlistepost"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.verktygstips.e-postatill"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktörer</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Författare</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Författare</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Kollaboratör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Kollaboratörer</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyright</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Redaktör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Redaktörer</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Annan bidragsgivare</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Andra "
 "bidragsgivare</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Förläggare</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Förläggare</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Om detta dokument"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Anknytning"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Målgrupp"
-
 # Detta borde nog vara något annat istället
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Varning"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Innehåll"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Datum"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Tillägning"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "E-post"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr "Ordlista"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Viktigt"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Index"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Juridisk information"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Nivå"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Meddelandemålgrupp"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Meddelandenivå"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Meddelandeursprung"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Namn"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Anteckning"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Ursprung"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Förord"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referens"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Utgåveinformation"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Revisionshistorik"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Se"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Se även"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Samlingsindex"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Sammanfattning"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Innehållsförteckning"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Tips"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Titel"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Varning"
 
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.kapitel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citattitel"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.datum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.exempel.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.exempel.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.exempel.nummer.platt"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figur.nummer.platt"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.del.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.citat.inre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.citat.yttre"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refpost.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.avsnitt.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.etikett"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.tabell.nummer.platt"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktygstips.ordlistepost"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.verktygstips.e-postatill"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Målgrupp"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innehåll"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Datum"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Nivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelandemålgrupp"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelandenivå"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Meddelandeursprung"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Ursprung"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referens"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Utgåveinformation"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Samlingsindex"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Innehållsförteckning"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Titel"
+
 #~ msgid "%t{name} %t{number}"
 #~ msgstr "%t{name} %t{number}"
 
@@ -406,9 +1952,6 @@ msgstr "Varning"
 #~ msgid "Figure"
 #~ msgstr "Figur"
 
-#~ msgid "Glossary"
-#~ msgstr "Ordlista"
-
 #~ msgid "Other Contributor"
 #~ msgstr "Annan bidragsgivare"
 
diff --git a/po/tr.po b/po/tr.po
index 86da8f1..f9e0004 100644
--- a/po/tr.po
+++ b/po/tr.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils.HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-02-13 20:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-27 14:33-0600\n"
 "Last-Translator: Emre Kadıoğlu <emrek@gawab.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Turkish <gnome-turk@gnome.org>\n"
@@ -17,283 +17,1837 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.ek.etiket"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.bölüm.etiket"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.çağrıbaşlığı"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.tarih"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.örnek.etiket"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.örnek.sayı"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.örnek.sayı.düz"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.şekil.etiket"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.şekil.sayı"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.şekil.sayı.düz"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.parça.etiket"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.parça.sayı"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.aktarım.içe"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.aktarım.dışa"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refgirişi.etiket"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.kısım.etiket"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.tablo.etiket"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.tablo.sayı"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.tablo.sayı.düz"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.ipucu.sözlükgirişi"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.ipucu.postaalıcısı"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editörler</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Yazar</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Yazarlar</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
+"msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">İş Arkadaşı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">İş Arkadaşları</"
 "msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">İş Arkadaşı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">İş Arkadaşları</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Telif Hakkı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Telif Hakkı</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Telif Hakkı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Telif Hakkı</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editörler</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Editör</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editörler</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Katkıda Bulunanlar</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Katkıda Bulunanlar</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Katkıda Bulunanlar</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Katkıda "
+"Bulunanlar</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Yayıncı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Yayıncı</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Yayıncı</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Yayıncı</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Bu Belge Hakkında"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Birleştirilmiş"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Resmi.Görüşme"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Uyarı"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Kolofon"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "İçerik"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Tarih"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "İthaf Edilen"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Eposta"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Önemli"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Dizin"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Resmi Uyarı"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Seviye"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Mesaj Alıcıları"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Mesaj Seviyesi"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Mesaj Kaynağı"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "İsim"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Not"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Kaynak"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Önsöz"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referans"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Sürüm Bilgisi"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Gözden Geçirme Geçmişi"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Bakınız"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Ayrıyetten Bakınız"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Dizin Belirle"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Özet"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "İçerik Tablosu"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "İpucu"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Başlık"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Uyarı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.ek.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.bölüm.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.çağrıbaşlığı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.tarih"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.örnek.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.örnek.sayı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.örnek.sayı.düz"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.şekil.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.şekil.sayı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.şekil.sayı.düz"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.parça.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.parça.sayı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.aktarım.içe"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.aktarım.dışa"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refgirişi.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.kısım.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.tablo.etiket"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.tablo.sayı"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.tablo.sayı.düz"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.ipucu.sözlükgirişi"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.ipucu.postaalıcısı"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Resmi.Görüşme"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "İçerik"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Tarih"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Seviye"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Mesaj Alıcıları"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Mesaj Seviyesi"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Mesaj Kaynağı"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Kaynak"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referans"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Sürüm Bilgisi"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Dizin Belirle"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "İçerik Tablosu"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Başlık"
diff --git a/po/uk.po b/po/uk.po
index a58a936..ac646c3 100644
--- a/po/uk.po
+++ b/po/uk.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-01-12 15:34+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-01-12 15:35+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Maxim Dziumanenko <mvd@mylinux.com.ua>\n"
 "Language-Team: Ukrainian <uk@li.org>\n"
@@ -15,288 +15,1837 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
-#. Appendix %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
-
-#. Chapter %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
-
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
-
-#. FIXME
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
-
-#. Example %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
-
-#. Figure %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
-
-#. (%t{node})
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
-
-#. Part %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
-
-#. %I{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
-
-#. ‘%t{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
-
-#. “%t{node}”
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
-
-#. %t{title}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
-
-#. Table %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
-
-#. %t{parent}-%1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
-
-#. %1{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
-
-#. Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-
-#. Send email to ‘%s{address}’
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Редактор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Редактори</msgstr>"
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Автор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Автори</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Співпрацівник</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Співпрацівники</"
 "msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Авторське право</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Авторські права</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Авторське право</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Авторські "
+"права</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">Редактор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Редактори</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Редактор</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Редактори</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Інший помічник</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Інші помічники</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form=\"0\">Інший помічник</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Інші "
+"помічники</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">Видавець</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Видавець</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "Про цей документ"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "Приналежність"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Читачі"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "Застереження"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "Кінцівка"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Вміст"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Дата"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "Присвячення"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "Ел.пошта"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Важливе"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Покажчик"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Юридична примітка "
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Рівень"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Читачі повідомленні"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Рівень повідомлення"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Джерело повідомлення"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "Назва"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "Примітка"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Джерело"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "Передмова"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Виноска"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Інформація про випуск"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Історія переробок"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Дивіться"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Дивіться також"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Встановити індекс"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Анотація"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Зміст"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Підказка"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Заголовок"
-
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Попередження"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Читачі"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Вміст"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Дата"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Рівень"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Читачі повідомленні"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Рівень повідомлення"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Джерело повідомлення"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Джерело"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Виноска"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Інформація про випуск"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Встановити індекс"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Зміст"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Заголовок"
diff --git a/po/vi.po b/po/vi.po
index 03b00bb..9971b52 100755
--- a/po/vi.po
+++ b/po/vi.po
@@ -8,12 +8,12 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils Gnome 2.12\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-21 23:17+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-22 18:26+0930\n"
 "Last-Translator: Clytie Siddall <clytie@riverland.net.au>\n"
 "Language-Team: Vietnamese <gnomevi-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
 "MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
-"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0\n"
 "X-Generator: LocFactoryEditor 1.2.2\n"
@@ -80,6 +80,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
@@ -265,6 +266,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
@@ -376,6 +378,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -463,6 +466,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -595,6 +599,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -775,6 +780,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -943,6 +949,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
@@ -1034,6 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
@@ -1110,6 +1118,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Câu hỏi <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1200,6 +1209,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1336,6 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
@@ -1471,6 +1482,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -1553,11 +1565,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Bảng <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Tác giả</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1565,17 +1579,20 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Cộng tác viên</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Bản quyền</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Người biên soạn</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1583,6 +1600,7 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Người đóng góp khác</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>Nhà xuất bản</msgstr>"
@@ -1732,11 +1750,19 @@ msgstr "H:&#x2003;"
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "Lịch sử duyệt lại"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "Xem"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "Xem thêm"
 
@@ -1744,7 +1770,7 @@ msgstr "Xem thêm"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "Bảng tóm tắt"
 
@@ -1752,7 +1778,7 @@ msgstr "Bảng tóm tắt"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "Lời khuyên"
 
@@ -1760,6 +1786,6 @@ msgstr "Lời khuyên"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "Cảnh báo"
diff --git a/po/wa.po b/po/wa.po
index 2a587c7..d0a5ad1 100644
--- a/po/wa.po
+++ b/po/wa.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils HEAD\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2004-09-09 03:44+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-09 10:00+0200\n"
 "Last-Translator: Pablo Saratxaga <pablo@walon.org>\n"
 "Language-Team: Walloon <linux-wa@walon.org>\n"
@@ -16,304 +16,1889 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n > 1;\n"
 
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "format.section.label,header"
-msgstr "format.section.label,header"
+#.
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
 
-#. Section %t{number}
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "format.section.label,subject"
-msgstr "format.section.label,subject"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:6
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "‘%t{node}’"
-msgstr "“%t{node}”"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:8
-#, no-c-format
-msgid "“%t{node}”"
-msgstr "«%t{node}»"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1
-msgid "&#8216;"
-msgstr "“"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "&#8217;"
-msgstr "”"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:3
-msgid "&#8220;"
-msgstr "«"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
-msgid "&#8221;"
-msgstr "»"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:5
-msgid "About This Article"
-msgstr "Åd fwait di l' årtike"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
-msgid "About This Bibliography"
-msgstr "Åd fwait del bibliografeye"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
-msgid "About This Book"
-msgstr "Åd fwait do live"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "About This Chapter"
-msgstr "Åd fwait do tchaptrê"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. citetitle - The title of a cited work
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:9
-msgid "About This Entry"
-msgstr "Åd fwait d' ciste intrêye ci"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
-msgid "About This Glossary"
-msgstr "Åd fwait do motlî"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:11
-msgid "About This Index"
-msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' indecse"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
-msgid "About This Part"
-msgstr "Åd fwait di ç' pårteye ci"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:13
-msgid "About This Preface"
-msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' adrovaedje"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
-msgid "About This Reference"
-msgstr "Åd fwait di cisse referince ci"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "About This Section"
-msgstr "Åd fwait del seccion"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:16
-msgid "About This Set"
-msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' eshonna"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:17
-msgid "Affiliation"
-msgstr "Afiliaedje"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Appendix"
-msgstr "Anecse"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
-msgid "Article"
-msgstr "Årtike"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "Lijheus såme"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:21
-msgid "Author"
-msgstr "Oteur"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
-msgid "Authors"
-msgstr "Oteurs"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Bibliography"
-msgstr "Bibliografeye"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. manvolnum - A reference volume number
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:24
-msgid "Book"
-msgstr "Live"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Caution"
-msgstr "Adviertance"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
-msgid "Chapter"
-msgstr "Tchaptrê"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
-msgid "Collaborator"
-msgstr "Aidant"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
-msgid "Collaborators"
-msgstr "Aidants"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
-msgid "Colophon"
-msgstr "Notes di rawete"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. quote - An inline quotation
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "Å dvins"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:31
-msgid "Copyright"
-msgstr "Abondroets"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:32
-msgid "Copyrights"
-msgstr "Abondroets"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "Date"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Dedication"
-msgstr "Dicåce"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Editor"
-msgstr "Editeu"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Editors"
-msgstr "Editeus"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
-msgid "Email"
-msgstr "Emile"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
-msgid "Example"
-msgstr "Egzimpe"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:39
-msgid "Figure"
-msgstr "Imådje"
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:40
+#. Used as a header before a list of authors.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
+"msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used as a header before a list of editors.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
+"Contributors</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+msgid ""
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "About This Document"
+msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' eshonna"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
+msgid "Affiliation"
+msgstr "Afiliaedje"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
+msgid "Caution"
+msgstr "Adviertance"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
+msgid "Colophon"
+msgstr "Notes di rawete"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
+msgid "Dedication"
+msgstr "Dicåce"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
+msgid "Email"
+msgstr "Emile"
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
 msgid "Glossary"
 msgstr "Motlî"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "Impôrtant"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "Indecse"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "Notice lweyåle"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "Livea"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "Såme pol messaedje"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
+msgid "Note"
+msgstr "Note"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "Livea do messaedje"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
+msgid "Preface"
+msgstr "Adrovaedje"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "Oridjinne do messaedje"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Note"
-msgstr "Note"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
+msgid "Revision History"
+msgstr "Istwere des candjmints"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "Oridjinne"
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
+msgid "See"
+msgstr "Waitîz a"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:50
-msgid "Other Contributor"
-msgstr "Ôte contribouweu"
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
+msgid "See Also"
+msgstr "Loukîz eto a"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Other Contributors"
-msgstr "Ôtes contribouweus"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
+msgid "Synopsis"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
-msgid "Part"
-msgstr "Pårteye"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
+msgid "Tip"
+msgstr "Racsegne"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:53
-msgid "Preface"
-msgstr "Adrovaedje"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
+msgid "Warning"
+msgstr "Adviertixhmint"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Publisher"
-msgstr "Eplaideu"
+#~ msgid "format.section.label,header"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label,header"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
-msgid "Publishers"
-msgstr "Eplaideus"
+#~ msgid "format.section.label,subject"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label,subject"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "Referince"
+#~ msgid "‘%t{node}’"
+#~ msgstr "“%t{node}”"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:57
-msgid "Reference Entry"
-msgstr "Intrêye di referince"
+#~ msgid "“%t{node}”"
+#~ msgstr "«%t{node}»"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:58
-msgid "Reference Section"
-msgstr "Seccion di referince"
+#~ msgid "&#8216;"
+#~ msgstr "“"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:59
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "Informåcion sol modêye"
+#~ msgid "&#8217;"
+#~ msgstr "”"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "Revision History"
-msgstr "Istwere des candjmints"
+#~ msgid "&#8220;"
+#~ msgstr "«"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "Section"
-msgstr "Seccion"
+#~ msgid "&#8221;"
+#~ msgstr "»"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:62
-msgid "See"
-msgstr "Waitîz a"
+#~ msgid "About This Article"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait di l' årtike"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:63
-msgid "See Also"
-msgstr "Loukîz eto a"
+#~ msgid "About This Bibliography"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait del bibliografeye"
 
-# FIXME: "index of the set", or "to set the index"?
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:64
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "Indecse di l' eshonna"
+#~ msgid "About This Book"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait do live"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:65
-msgid "Table"
-msgstr "Tåvlea"
+#~ msgid "About This Chapter"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait do tchaptrê"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:66
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "Tåve di l' Ådvins"
+#~ msgid "About This Entry"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait d' ciste intrêye ci"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:67
-msgid "Tip"
-msgstr "Racsegne"
+#~ msgid "About This Glossary"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait do motlî"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:68
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "Tite"
+#~ msgid "About This Index"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' indecse"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:69
-msgid "Unknown"
-msgstr "Nén cnoxhou"
+#~ msgid "About This Part"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait di ç' pårteye ci"
 
-#: xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:70
-msgid "Warning"
-msgstr "Adviertixhmint"
+#~ msgid "About This Preface"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait d' l' adrovaedje"
+
+#~ msgid "About This Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait di cisse referince ci"
+
+#~ msgid "About This Section"
+#~ msgstr "Åd fwait del seccion"
+
+#~ msgid "Appendix"
+#~ msgstr "Anecse"
+
+#~ msgid "Article"
+#~ msgstr "Årtike"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Lijheus såme"
+
+#~ msgid "Author"
+#~ msgstr "Oteur"
+
+#~ msgid "Authors"
+#~ msgstr "Oteurs"
+
+#~ msgid "Bibliography"
+#~ msgstr "Bibliografeye"
+
+#~ msgid "Book"
+#~ msgstr "Live"
+
+#~ msgid "Chapter"
+#~ msgstr "Tchaptrê"
+
+#~ msgid "Collaborator"
+#~ msgstr "Aidant"
+
+#~ msgid "Collaborators"
+#~ msgstr "Aidants"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Å dvins"
+
+#~ msgid "Copyright"
+#~ msgstr "Abondroets"
+
+#~ msgid "Copyrights"
+#~ msgstr "Abondroets"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "Date"
+
+#~ msgid "Editor"
+#~ msgstr "Editeu"
+
+#~ msgid "Editors"
+#~ msgstr "Editeus"
+
+#~ msgid "Example"
+#~ msgstr "Egzimpe"
+
+#~ msgid "Figure"
+#~ msgstr "Imådje"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "Livea"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "Såme pol messaedje"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "Livea do messaedje"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Oridjinne do messaedje"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "Oridjinne"
+
+#~ msgid "Other Contributor"
+#~ msgstr "Ôte contribouweu"
+
+#~ msgid "Other Contributors"
+#~ msgstr "Ôtes contribouweus"
+
+#~ msgid "Part"
+#~ msgstr "Pårteye"
+
+#~ msgid "Publisher"
+#~ msgstr "Eplaideu"
+
+#~ msgid "Publishers"
+#~ msgstr "Eplaideus"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "Referince"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference Entry"
+#~ msgstr "Intrêye di referince"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference Section"
+#~ msgstr "Seccion di referince"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "Informåcion sol modêye"
+
+#~ msgid "Section"
+#~ msgstr "Seccion"
+
+# FIXME: "index of the set", or "to set the index"?
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "Indecse di l' eshonna"
+
+#~ msgid "Table"
+#~ msgstr "Tåvlea"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "Tåve di l' Ådvins"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "Tite"
 
+#~ msgid "Unknown"
+#~ msgstr "Nén cnoxhou"
diff --git a/po/zh_CN.po b/po/zh_CN.po
index d506ec3..6604451 100644
--- a/po/zh_CN.po
+++ b/po/zh_CN.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-07-17 22:16+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-07-18 12:50+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Funda Wang <fundawang@linux.net.cn>\n"
 "Language-Team: zh_CN <i18n-translation@lists.linux.net.cn>\n"
@@ -77,14 +77,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>附录 "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>附录 <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -262,14 +263,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第"
-"<number/>章</msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第<number/>章</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -341,8 +343,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/> <digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr ""
-"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>第<number/>章 ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>第<number/>章 ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -373,6 +374,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
@@ -406,7 +408,8 @@ msgstr ""
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
 msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
-msgstr "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>给“<node/>”发送电子邮件。</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+"<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>给“<node/>”发送电子邮件。</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -460,6 +463,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
@@ -592,14 +596,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>图 <number/></"
-"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
-"<msgstr>图 <number/></msgstr>"
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>图 <number/></i>&#x2003;"
+"</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>图 "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -771,6 +776,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
@@ -852,8 +858,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>参见<glosssee/>。</msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
-msgstr ""
-"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>参见<glosssee/>。</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>参见<glosssee/>。</msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -939,12 +944,14 @@ msgstr "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
-"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第<number/>部分</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第<number/>部分</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1030,14 +1037,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>问题 "
-"<number/></msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>问题 <number/"
+"></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1106,6 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>问题 <number/></msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
@@ -1196,14 +1205,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第"
-"<number/>节</msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第<number/>节</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1331,14 +1341,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
 "msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
 "<number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
-"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第"
-"<number/>节</msgstr>"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>第<number/>节</"
+"msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1411,8 +1422,7 @@ msgstr "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
-msgstr ""
-"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>第<number/>节 ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>第<number/>节 ― <title/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
@@ -1466,14 +1476,15 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
 #. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
 "i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
 "<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
-"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>表 <number/></"
-"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
-"<msgstr>表 <number/></msgstr>"
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>表 <number/></i>&#x2003;"
+"</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>表 "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
 
 #.
 #. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
@@ -1548,11 +1559,13 @@ msgstr "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>表 <number/></msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>作者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>作者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
@@ -1560,17 +1573,20 @@ msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>合作者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>合作者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>版权</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>版权</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
 msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>编辑</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>编辑</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
@@ -1579,6 +1595,7 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
 #: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
 "<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form='0'>出版者</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>出版者</msgstr>"
@@ -1728,11 +1745,19 @@ msgstr "问："
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "版本历史"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1423
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "见"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1424
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "参见"
 
@@ -1740,7 +1765,7 @@ msgstr "参见"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
 #. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1429
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -1748,7 +1773,7 @@ msgstr ""
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
 #. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1434
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "提示"
 
@@ -1756,7 +1781,6 @@ msgstr "提示"
 #. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
 #. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1439
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "警告"
-
diff --git a/po/zh_TW.po b/po/zh_TW.po
index af73567..7914dde 100644
--- a/po/zh_TW.po
+++ b/po/zh_TW.po
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: gnome-doc-utils 2.9.92\n"
 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-06-23 21:45+0000\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2005-08-01 13:37-0500\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-03-02 12:37+0800\n"
 "Last-Translator: Woodman Tuen <wmtuen@gmail.com>\n"
 "Language-Team: Chinese/Traditional <community@linuxhall.org>\n"
@@ -17,558 +17,1833 @@ msgstr ""
 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
 
 #.
-#. appendix - An appendix in a book or article
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/appendix.html
+#. This is used a simple list item seperator in places where simple
+#. inline lists have to be constructed dynamically.  Using the default
+#. string of ", ", a list would look like this: A, B, C, D.  Using the
+#. nonsensical string " - ", a list would look like this: A - B - C - D.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an appendix.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:7
+msgid ", "
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for appendix numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Appendix %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.appendix.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:15
-msgid "format.appendix.label"
-msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:22
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.digit</msgid> <msgstr>A</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. book - A book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/book.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a book.  This tmeplate uses roles
-#. to mark different uses of the label.  Books are never numbered by
-#. the stylesheets, so only the 'title' and 'titleabbrev' roles are
-#. necessary.  Since both of these are automatically constructed by
-#. format2xsl, translators usually will not need to provide mutliple
-#. role translations, unless they need additional cross reference
-#. roles for their locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for appendices.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.book.label
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:33
-#, fuzzy
-msgid "format.book.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:56
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Appendix "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. chapter - A chapter, as of a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/chapter.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for appendices.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. appendix might be referenced.  The number for an appendix includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.B indicates the second appendix in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the appendix digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an appendix digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the appendix's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the appendix in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:89
+msgid "<msgid>appendix.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to appendices.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the appendix
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the appendix, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the appendix, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:121
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>appendix.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Appendix <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a chapter.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for book numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Chapter %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.chapter.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "format.chapter.label"
-msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:136
+msgid "<msgid>book.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to books.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the book
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the book, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:166
+msgid "<msgid>book.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for chapter numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:181
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for chapters.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:215
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Chapter "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for chapters.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. chapter might be referenced.  The number for a chapter includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.2 indicates the second chapter in the fourth top-level element.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and B is referred
+#. to as the chapter digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a chapter digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the chapter's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the chapter in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:248
+msgid "<msgid>chapter.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to chapters
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the chapter
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the chapter, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the chapter, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:280
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>chapter.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Chapter <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. citetitle - The title of a cited work
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/citetitle.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline title citation.  This template uses
-#. roles to specify the type of publication being cited, such as article
-#. or book.
+#. This is a format message used to format inline title citations.
+#. This template uses roles to control how the citation is formatted.
+#. The role indicates the type of work being cited, and is taken from
+#. the pubwork attribute of the citetitle element.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the citetitle element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:309
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>citetitle.format</msgid> <msgstr role='article'>“<node/>”</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr><i><node/></i></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on mailto: links
+#. created from DocBook's email element.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.citetitle
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:60
-msgid "format.citetitle"
-msgstr "format.citetitle"
+#. node - The contents of the email element, which should be the
+#. linked-to email address
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:334
+msgid "<msgid>email.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Send email to ‘<node/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:61
-msgid "format.date"
-msgstr "format.date"
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for example numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:349
+msgid "<msgid>example.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for examples.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of an example.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Example %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.label
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:76
-msgid "format.example.label"
-msgstr "format.example.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:383
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>example.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Example <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Example <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for example.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. example might be referenced.  The number for an example includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third example in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this example, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the example digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and an example digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the example's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the example in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:416
+msgid "<msgid>example.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to examples.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the example
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the example, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the example, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:448
+msgid "<msgid>example.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Example <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for figure numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:91
-msgid "format.example.number"
-msgstr "format.example.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:463
+msgid "<msgid>figure.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. example - A formal example, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/example.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for an example
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for figures.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.example.number.flat
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:105
-msgid "format.example.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:497
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>figure.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Figure <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Figure <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for figure.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. figure might be referenced.  The number for a figure includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third figure in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this figure, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the figure digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a figure digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the figure's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the figure in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:530
+msgid "<msgid>figure.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to figures.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the figure, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:562
+msgid "<msgid>figure.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Figure <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossaries.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the figure
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the figure, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Note that authors are not required to provide explicit titles for
+#. glossaries.  If the author does not provide a title, the translatable
+#. string 'Glossary' is used as a default.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:596
+msgid "<msgid>glossary.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format tooltips on cross references
+#. to glossary entries.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:620
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.tooltip</msgid> <msgstr>Read the definition for "
+"‘<glossterm/>’.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to glossary
+#. entries.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to
+#. select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. In addition, the 'glosssee' role will be used for cross references
+#. from glosssee or glossseealso elements.  These are used in other
+#. glossary entries to direct the user to the linked-to entry.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a figure.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Figure %t{number}
+#. glossterm - The term being defined by the glossary entry
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glossterm, simply write left angle bracket, glossterm,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:120
-msgid "format.figure.label"
-msgstr "format.figure.label"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:652
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr role='glosssee'><glossterm/></msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>‘<glossterm/>’</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glosssee - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glosssee.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glosssee elements are presented as a links to the user
+#. in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For example,
+#. if the user is being directed to the entry "foo", the glosssee may
+#. be formatted as "See foo."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:135
-msgid "format.figure.number"
-msgstr "format.figure.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:686
+msgid "<msgid>glosssee.format</msgid> <msgstr>See <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. figure - A formal figure, generally an illustration, with a title
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/figure.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. glossseealso - A cross reference from one glossentry to another
+#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossseealso.html
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format glossary cross references.
+#. This format message controls the sentence used to present the cross
+#. reference, not the link itself.  For the formatting of the actual
+#. link, see the message glossentry.xref.
+#.
+#. One or more glossseealso elements are presented as a links to the
+#. user in the glossary, formatted as a single prose sentence.  For
+#. example, if the user is being directed to the entries "foo", "bar",
+#. and "baz", the glossseealso may be formatted as "See also foo, bar,
+#. baz."
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a figure
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. glosssee - The actual link or links of the cross reference
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the glosssee, simply write left angle bracket, glosssee,
+#. slash, right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.figure.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:149
-msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:721
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>glossseealso.format</msgid> <msgstr>See also <glosssee/>.</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. manvolnum - A reference volume number
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/manvolnum.html
 #.
-#. This template formats the manvolnum element.  A manvolnum is typically
-#. a number or short string used to identify a sectionof man pages.  It
-#. is typically placed inside parenthesis, like so: (%t{node})
+#. This is a format message used to format manvolnum elements.
+#. A manvolnum is typically a number or short string used to
+#. identify a section of man pages.  It is typically placed
+#. inside parentheses.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. node - The text content of the manvolnum element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:750
+msgid "<msgid>manvolnum.format</msgid> <msgstr>(<node/>)</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. The number formatter used for part numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
+#.
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
+#.
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:765
+msgid "<msgid>part.digit</msgid> <msgstr>I</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for parts.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.manvolnum
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:161
-msgid "format.manvolnum"
-msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:799
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>part.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Part <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to parts
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the part
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the part, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the part, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:831
+msgid "<msgid>part.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Part <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a part.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for question numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Part %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:176
-msgid "format.part.label"
-msgstr "format.part.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:846
+msgid "<msgid>question.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. part - A division in a book
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/part.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for questions in
+#. question-and-answer sets.  Labels are used before the question
+#. both in the question-and-answer list and in table of questions
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles
+#. may be used with this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels inside the question-and-answer set
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of questions listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a part.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %I{number}
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.part.number
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:187
-msgid "format.part.number"
-msgstr "format.part.number"
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:877
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>question.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Question "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. quote - An inline quotation
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats a nested inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: ‘%t{node}’
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to questions
+#. in question-and-answer sets.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow
+#. document translators to select how to format each cross reference
+#. using the xrefstyle attribute.  If your language needs to provide
+#. different cross reference formattings for different parts of speech,
+#. you should provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.inner
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:198
-msgid "format.quote.inner"
-msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+#. number - The number of the question in its containing qandaset
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the number, simply write left angle bracket, number, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:905
+msgid "<msgid>question.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Question <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
 #. quote - An inline quotation
 #. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/quote.html
 #.
-#. This template formats an inline quotation.  The default
-#. rendering in the C locale is this: “%t{node}”
+#. This is a format message used to format inline quotations.  This template
+#. uses roles to control how the quotation is formatted.  The role indicates
+#. whether this is an outer or inner quotation.  Quotations nested inside
+#. another quotation are inner quotations.  Many languages have an alternate
+#. notation for nested quotations.
+#.
+#. These stylesheets only provide two levels of quotation formatting.  If
+#. quote elements are nested deeper, the stylesheets will alternate between
+#. the 'outer' and 'inner' roles.  If your language uses different formatting
+#. for deeper quotations, please contact the maintainers, and we will try to
+#. implement a more flexible formatting mechanism.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.quote.outer
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:209
-msgid "format.quote.outer"
-msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+#. node - The text content of the quote element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the node, simply write left angle bracket, node, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:941
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>quote.format</msgid> <msgstr role='inner'>‘<node/>’</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>“<node/>”</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. refentry - A reference page (originally a UNIX man-style reference page)
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a refentry.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. pages.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle
+#. attribute.  If your language needs to provide different cross
+#. reference formattings for different parts of speech, you should
+#. provide multiple roles for cross reference formatters.
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{title}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Note that unlike most other labelled elements, refentry is not numbered
-#. by the stylesheets.  Consequently, the number argument is not supported.
+#. title       - The title of the reference page
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.refentry.label
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:227
-msgid "format.refentry.label"
-msgstr "format.refentry.label"
-
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/section.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect3.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect4.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/sect5.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsection.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect1.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect2.html
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsect3.html
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:969
+msgid "<msgid>refentry.xref</msgid> <msgstr><title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a section.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. The number formatter used for reference section numbers.  This can
+#. be one of "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These
+#. formatters provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Section %t{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.section.label
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:250
-msgid "format.section.label"
-msgstr "format.section.label"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:984
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for reference sections.
+#. Labels are used before the title in places like headers and table of
+#. contents listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different
+#. formattings for different uses of labels.  The following roles may
+#. be used with this format message:
 #.
-#. This template formats the label of a table.  This tmeplate uses
-#. roles to mark different uses of the label.  The standard label roles
-#. ('header', 'li', and 'xref') should be defined, as well as any extra
-#. roles you would like supported for your locale.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: Table %t{number}
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.label
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:265
-msgid "format.table.label"
-msgstr "format.table.label"
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1018
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for reference sections.
+#. Numbers are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where
+#. the section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1052
+msgid "<msgid>refsection.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to reference
+#. sections.  Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators
+#. to select how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.
+#. If your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1084
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>refsection.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table.
-#. The parent argument calls the number formatter for the enclosing
-#. chapter, and the number argument formats the number of the element
-#. itself.
+#. The number formatter used for section numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %t{parent}-%1{number}
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:280
-msgid "format.table.number"
-msgstr "format.table.number"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1099
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgid>section.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">編輯</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">編輯</msgstr>"
 
 #.
-#. table - A formal table in a document
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/table.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for sections.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
+#.
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
 #.
-#. This template formats the number portion of the label for a table
-#. inside an article.  In articles, formal block elements use a flat
-#. numbering scheme, rather than being numbered by chapter.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
 #.
-#. A simple rendering might look like this: %1{number}
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.table.number.flat
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:294
-msgid "format.table.number.flat"
-msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1133
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><number/>.&#x2003;</"
+"msgstr> <msgstr role='li'><number/>.&#x2002;</msgstr> <msgstr>Section "
+"<number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for sections.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. section might be referenced.  The number for a section includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4.3.9 indicates the ninth section in the third section of the fourth
+#. top-level section or chapter.  In this example, 4.3 is referred to as
+#. the parent number, and 9 is referred to as the section digit.  This
+#. format message constructs a full number from a parent number and a
+#. section digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the section's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the section in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1167
+msgid "<msgid>section.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>.<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. glossentry - An entry in a glossary or glosslist
-#. http://docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossentry.html
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to sections.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the section
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the section, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the section, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1199
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>section.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Section <number/> ― <title/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for links to glossentry elements.
-#. The default rendering is: Read the definition for ‘%s{node}’
+#. The number formatter used for table numbers.  This can be one of
+#. "1", "A", "a", "I", or "i", without the quotes.  These formatters
+#. provide the following results:
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.glossentry
+#. 1    2    3    4    5    6    7    8    9   10   11   12   13   14
+#. A    B    C    D    E    F    G    H    I    J    K    L    M    N
+#. a    b    c    d    e    f    g    h    i    j    k    l    m    n
+#. I   II  III   IV    V   VI  VII VIII   IX    X   XI  XII XIII  XIV
+#. i   ii  iii   iv    v   vi  vii viii   ix    x   xi  xii xiii  xiv
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:305
-msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#. Non-Western languages probably need additional formatters.  Please
+#. contact the maintainers about adding formatters for your language.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1214
+msgid "<msgid>table.digit</msgid> <msgstr>1</msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #.
-#. This template formats a tooltip for mailto: links.
-#. The default rendering is: Send email to ‘%s{address}’
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
 #.
-#. Read this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#translating
-#. Then this: ghelp:gnome-doc-xslt#format.tooltip.mailto
+#. This is a format message used to format labels for tables.  Labels
+#. are used before the title in places like headers and table of contents
+#. listings.  Multiple roles can be used to provide different formattings
+#. for different uses of labels.  The following roles may be used with
+#. this format message:
 #.
-#: ../xslt/docbook/common/db-format.xml.in.h:313
-msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
-msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#. header - Used for labels in headers
+#. li     - Used for labels in table of contents listings
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1248
+msgid ""
+"<msgid>table.label</msgid> <msgstr role='header'><i>Table <number/></"
+"i>&#x2003;</msgstr> <msgstr role='li'>Table <number/>&#x2002;</msgstr> "
+"<msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format numbers for table.  Numbers
+#. are used in labels, cross references, and any other place where the
+#. table might be referenced.  The number for a table includes the
+#. number for its parent element, if applicable.  For example, the number
+#. 4-3 indicates the third table in the fourth top-level chapter.  In
+#. this table, 4 is referred to as the parent number, and 3 is referred
+#. to as the table digit.  This format message constructs a full number
+#. from a parent number and a table digit.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. parent - The full number of the table's parent element
+#. digit  - The number of the table in its parent element,
+#. not including any leading numbers from the parent
+#. element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the digit, simply write left angle bracket, digit, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1281
+msgid "<msgid>table.number</msgid> <msgstr><parent/>-<digit/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. This is a special format message.  Please read the full translator
+#. documentation before translating this message.  The documentation
+#. is maintained as part of the stylesheet documentation in DocBook.
+#. For your convenience, it has also been converted to an HTML file
+#. named STYLESHEETS.xml in the i18n directory.
+#.
+#. This is a format message used to format cross references to tables.
+#. Multiple roles can be provided to allow document translators to select
+#. how to format each cross reference using the xrefstyle attribute.  If
+#. your language needs to provide different cross reference formattings
+#. for different parts of speech, you should provide multiple roles for
+#. cross reference formatters.
+#.
+#. Special elements in the message will be replaced with the
+#. appropriate content, as follows:
+#.
+#. title       - The title of the table
+#. titleabbrev - The titleabbrev of the table, or just the title
+#. if no titleabbrev exists
+#. number      - The full number of the table, possibly including
+#. the number of the parent element
+#.
+#. These should be written as empty XML elements.  Due to limitations
+#. in intltool, I can't write XML content in translator comments.  To
+#. insert the title, simply write left angle bracket, title, slash,
+#. right angle bracket.
+#.
+#. Additionally, format messages can use the i, b, and tt markup tags
+#. to mark text as italic, bold, and monospace.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1313
+msgid "<msgid>table.xref</msgid> <msgstr>Table <number/></msgstr>"
+msgstr ""
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of authors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:2
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Author</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Authors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1315
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Author</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Authors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">作者</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">作者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of collaborators.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:4
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1317
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Collaborators</"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Collaborator</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Collaborators</"
 "msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">協力者</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">協力者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of copyrights.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:6
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1319
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Copyrights</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Copyright</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Copyrights</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">版權所有</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">版權所有</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of editors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:8
-msgid "<msgstr form=\"0\">Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Editors</msgstr>"
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1321
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "<msgstr form='0'>Editor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Editors</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">編輯</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">編輯</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of contributors.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:10
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1323
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Other "
+"<msgstr form='0'>Other Contributor</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Other "
 "Contributors</msgstr>"
 msgstr ""
 "<msgstr form=\"0\">其他貢獻者</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">其他貢獻者</msgstr>"
 
 #. Used as a header before a list of publishers.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:12
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1325
+#, fuzzy
 msgid ""
-"<msgstr form=\"0\">Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">Publishers</msgstr>"
+"<msgstr form='0'>Publisher</msgstr> <msgstr form='1'>Publishers</msgstr>"
 msgstr "<msgstr form=\"0\">發行人</msgstr> <msgstr form=\"1\">發行人</msgstr>"
 
-#. Link to the titlepage
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:14
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before answers in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, answers are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label answers.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1335
+msgid "A:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Used for links to the titlepage.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1337
 msgid "About This Document"
 msgstr "關於這文件"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:15
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before affiliations when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Affiliation: GNOME Documentation Project
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1347
 msgid "Affiliation"
 msgstr "履歷"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Audience'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:18
-msgid "Audience"
-msgstr "讀者"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:19
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/caution.html
+#. This is used as a default title for caution elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1352
 msgid "Caution"
 msgstr "注意"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:20
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/colophon.html
+#. This is used as a default title for colophon elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1357
 msgid "Colophon"
 msgstr "末頁"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Table of Contents'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:23
-msgid "Contents"
-msgstr "目錄"
-
-#. Used as a header for date column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:25
-msgid "Date"
-msgstr "日期"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:26
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/dedication.html
+#. This is used as a default title for dedication elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1362
 msgid "Dedication"
 msgstr "呈獻"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:27
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/affiliation.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before email addresses when listing
+#. authors and other contributors to the document.  For example:
+#.
+#. Shaun McCance
+#. Email: shaunm@gnome.org
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1372
 msgid "Email"
 msgstr "電子郵件"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:28
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/glossary.html
+#. This is used as a default title for glossary elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1377
+msgid "Glossary"
+msgstr ""
+
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/important.html
+#. This is used as a default title for important elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1382
 msgid "Important"
 msgstr "重要"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:29
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/index.html
+#. This is used as a default title for index elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1387
 msgid "Index"
 msgstr "索引"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:30
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/legalnotice.html
+#. This is used as a default title for legalnotice elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1392
 msgid "Legal Notice"
 msgstr "版權公告"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Level'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:33
-msgid "Level"
-msgstr "階級"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:34
-msgid "Message Audience"
-msgstr "訊息聽眾"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:35
-msgid "Message Level"
-msgstr "訊息階級"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:36
-msgid "Message Origin"
-msgstr "訊息來源"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:37
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refnamediv.html
+#. This is used as the title for refnamediv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1397
 msgid "Name"
 msgstr "名稱"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:38
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/note.html
+#. This is used as a default title for note elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1402
 msgid "Note"
 msgstr "備註"
 
-#. This is an abbreviated form of 'Message Origin'.
-#. Feel free to use the same word/phrase for both.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:41
-msgid "Origin"
-msgstr "來源"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:42
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/preface.html
+#. This is used as a default title for preface elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1407
 msgid "Preface"
 msgstr "序"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:43
-msgid "Reference"
-msgstr "參考"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:44
-msgid "Release Information"
-msgstr "發行資訊"
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/qandaentry.html
+#.
+#. This is used as a label before questions in a question-and-answer
+#. set.  Typically, questions are simply numbered and answers are not
+#. labelled at all.  However, DocBook allows document authors to set
+#. the labelling style for a qandaset.  If the labelling style is set
+#. to 'qanda', this string will be used to label questions.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1417
+msgid "Q:&#x2003;"
+msgstr ""
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:45
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/revhistory.html
+#. This is used as a header before the revision history.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1422
 msgid "Revision History"
 msgstr "版本歷史"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:46
+#.
+#. Used for the <see> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1427
 msgid "See"
 msgstr "參考"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:47
+#.
+#. Used for the <seealso> element.
+#. FIXME: this should be a format string.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1432
 msgid "See Also"
 msgstr "請參考"
 
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:48
-msgid "Set Index"
-msgstr "書目索引"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:49
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/refsynopsisdiv.html
+#. This is used as the default title for refsynopsisdiv elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1437
 msgid "Synopsis"
 msgstr "提要"
 
-#. Used for a link to a table of contents.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:51
-msgid "Table of Contents"
-msgstr "目錄"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:52
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/tip.html
+#. This is used as a default title for tip elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1442
 msgid "Tip"
 msgstr "提示"
 
-#. Used as a header for title column in the revision history.
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:54
-msgid "Title"
-msgstr "標題"
-
-#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:55
+#.
+#. http://www.docbook.org/tdg/en/html/warning.html
+#. This is used as a default title for warning elements.
+#.
+#: ../xslt/gettext/l10n.xml.in.h:1447
 msgid "Warning"
 msgstr "警告"
+
+#~ msgid "format.appendix.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.appendix.label"
+
+#, fuzzy
+#~ msgid "format.book.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.chapter.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.chapter.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.citetitle"
+#~ msgstr "format.citetitle"
+
+#~ msgid "format.date"
+#~ msgstr "format.date"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.example.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.example.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.figure.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.figure.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.manvolnum"
+#~ msgstr "format.manvolnum"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.part.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.part.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.inner"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.inner"
+
+#~ msgid "format.quote.outer"
+#~ msgstr "format.quote.outer"
+
+#~ msgid "format.refentry.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.refentry.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.section.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.section.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.label"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.label"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number"
+
+#~ msgid "format.table.number.flat"
+#~ msgstr "format.table.number.flat"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.glossentry"
+
+#~ msgid "format.tooltip.mailto"
+#~ msgstr "format.tooltip.mailto"
+
+#~ msgid "Audience"
+#~ msgstr "讀者"
+
+#~ msgid "Contents"
+#~ msgstr "目錄"
+
+#~ msgid "Date"
+#~ msgstr "日期"
+
+#~ msgid "Level"
+#~ msgstr "階級"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Audience"
+#~ msgstr "訊息聽眾"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Level"
+#~ msgstr "訊息階級"
+
+#~ msgid "Message Origin"
+#~ msgstr "訊息來源"
+
+#~ msgid "Origin"
+#~ msgstr "來源"
+
+#~ msgid "Reference"
+#~ msgstr "參考"
+
+#~ msgid "Release Information"
+#~ msgstr "發行資訊"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Index"
+#~ msgstr "書目索引"
+
+#~ msgid "Table of Contents"
+#~ msgstr "目錄"
+
+#~ msgid "Title"
+#~ msgstr "標題"